Loading documents preview...
linmtr—«—»«—#—n»o««i
twimwMM H
ii
w mii wm iii
ii
wwtwM M
i
iwwwt iin i
mtMwwtMWMW wiMM t
Copyright }^^ COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT.
One Hundred Lessons
Agriculture
in
with
Practical
Problems
By
Aretas
W.
Nolan, A. M.
Associate Professor of Agricultural Education, West Virginia University
Chicago
Row, Peterson & Company
/
\ ^""ii .i^-
Copyright, 1911, by
AKETAS W. NOLAN
iv
\.
©CI.A297827
TO
MY FATHER AND MOTHER,
WHO ALL THEIR
LIVES
HAVE DWELT AMONG THE FIELDS, IS THIS BOOK DEDICATED.
PREFACE. The preparation of in convenient
this
form the
book
is
an
effort to
combine
discussions, directions for labo-
ratory and field exercises, note-book work, and farm arithmetic, which the author has found most practical
and helpful
in teaching elementary agriculture in rural
schools. It
has been the aim of the author to select from the
and practice such and methods as the teacher
vast field of agricultural knowledge subject-matter, materials, in the
one-room country school, in the grammar grades
of a graded school, or in the beginning years of a high school,
may
find easily practical, within the range of
the pupil's understanding,
and
full of profitable inter-
and manual and educational value. combined for the purpose of leading away from the usual text-book method of teaching to the method of It is a text-book
est
first-hand contact with the real things of agriculture.
The
fields,
the pastures, the groves, the orchards,
the gardens, are the real text-books, a "friendly guide-post."
If the
—
work
this is
book
is
and only
not conducted
by means of real things, the educational value
is
lost,
and the information given not permanently retained. Many of the lessons are followed by a set of practical farm problems. These problems have a definite relation 5
PREFACE
6 to the
subject-matter which they follow, as well as a
Most of these problems were prepared by Professor Hatch of the University of Wisconsin, to whom we make grateful acknowledgment. close relation to
The
farm
life.
lessons are arranged in the order of actual
operations and interests,
farm
during a year on the farm,
and the teacher in the public schools may easily adapt them to local needs, beginning with any month of the year. The seasonal sequence of subject matter in school agriculture is both pedagogical and practical. Illustrative material is easily obtained, the interest of the pupils is
at once
awakened, and cooperation with the farm
tivities of the
community
is
ac-
natural and inevitable.
The Author.
SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 1.
Read from other
texts the subject-matter treated
in these lessons. 2.
Collect beforehand the materials needed for the
and have everything ready for the
practical exercises, recitation. 3.
Ask
the pupils to assist in collecting the materials,
and have them perform the experiments whenever possible. 4.
Make many
ing methods.
excursions for observations of farm-
Bring the
when the But always the farm upon
class to the material
material cannot be brought to the class. obtain permission from the owner of
which excursions are made. 5.
Have
6.
Write
a school garden if possible. to
your State Agricultural Experiment
Station, the State College of Agriculture,
Department of Agriculture
at
and
to the
Washington, D. C, for
information, bulletins, and seeds. 7.
Require each pupil to keep a permanent agri-
cultural note-book in which to write a neat pen-and-ink
record of each lesson. sults of the
The work
of recording the re-
practical exercises gives the pupil some-
thing definite to do. 8.
Have
the lesson in agriculture the last period of 7
SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS
8 the day, tical
and there
work.
Some
will be better
opportunity for prac-
of the lessons of the text
may
serve
for several school lessons. 9.
Relate the work in agriculture to the
home farms
Make "home projects"
the basis of
whenever
many 10.
possible.
recitations.
Make
the
"Year on
school year in agriculture.
the
Farm"
the
work
of the
TABLE OF CONTEXTS September r,Essox.
Selecting and Laying Out the Farm Farm Buildings Map Studies of Life A-field Insects That Injure the Crops
I.
II.
—
HI. IV.
The The The The The Fhe The
V.
YI. VII. VIII. IX. X.
Grasshopper Butterfly Fly
Bug Dragon Fly
Bee Beetle XII.— Plant Diseases The WHE.VT Crop XIII.
XL
Page. 13 17 22 24 27 30 32 34 36 37 39 42 44
October Selecting and Storing Seed Corn The Best Corn in the Co.m.munity Collection of Farm I'roducts Fruit Growing XVIIL— XUT Crops XIX. Classification of Fak.m Crops XIV. XV. XVI. XVII.
—
40 55 56 57 64 65
November XX. XXI. XXII.
—The
The The XXIII. The XXIV.— The XXV.— Fhe XXVL—The
Stock on the Far.m Driving Horse
Draft Horse Dairy Cow Beef Cow Sheep
Hog
Feeds and Feeding Test for Food Compounds XXIX. Determining Rations for Farm Animals XXX.— The Dairy XXXI. Composition of Milk XXXII. The Babcock Test XXXIII. Poultry XXXIV. A Study of Feathers XXXV.— The Egg. 9
XXVII. XXVIII.
—
-
,
67 70 74 78 81 83 86 91 94 95 100 104 107 110 114 116
CONTENTS
10
December Lesson.
XXXVI. XXXVII.
Page. 118 121 122 123
Farm Accounts The Year's Account dy Months
XXXVIII.
Crop Records Record of a Good Crop Rotation Comparison of Agriculture Products
XXXIX. XL. XLI. XLII. XLIII.
An Assessment of Farm Values Farm Machinery Agricultural Outlook West Virginia
—
126 127 127 as a Type
St.ate
129
January Country Life Conveniences The Farmer's Reading
XLIV. XLV.
XLVL—Soil Plant Foods
XLVII. XLVIII.
Fertilizers
131 133 135 143 149
February
XLIX.— Drainage L.
LI. LII. LIII.
—
LI V. LV.
Fences Knot Tying in Ropes A Hot-bed Garden Rural Free Mail Delivery Agricultural Societies The Grange
158 162 165 167 169 172 177
March Structure of Seeds Germination of Seeds and Growth of Seedlings .lUDGING AND SCORING SEED CORN Testing Seed Corn LX. rHE Plant and Water LXI. The Root System of the Plant LXII. Clover and Other Legumes LXIIL— Crop Rotation LXIV. Spraying Fruit Trees LX V. Pruning Fruit Trees LVI. LVII. LVIII. LIX.
—
181 185 191
197 201 205 208 213 221 221
April
LXVI.— Grafting Fruit Trees LXVII. LXVIII.
LXIX.
LXX.
Plant Propagation fro.m Cuttings Propagation of Raspberries School Gardening Home Gardening
226 229 232 234 238
CONTENTS
11
Lesson.
Page.
LXXI. LXXII. LXXIII.
LXXIV.
—
Beautifying Home and School Grounds 244 Farm Forestry 249 Spraying for Codling Moth AND Fungous Diseases. 259 Pi^ANTiNG Corn 263
May LXXV. LXXVI. LXXVII. LXXVIII. LXXIX.
LXXX. LXXXI. LXXXII.
Cultivation of Corn Tilling the Soil
Transplanting Potatoes Tomatoes Plant Leaves
267 272 277 279 283 286 288 291
•
The Flower Plant Stems
June
LXXXIIL— Weeds LXXXIV. LXXXV.
LXXXVL LXXXVII. LXXXVIII.
295 299 303 306 309 312
Truck Crops The Value of Birds to Agriculture The Toad, the Farmer's Friend Cutting Clover and Alfalfa Five Lines of Agricultural Improvement July
LXXXIX. XC.
XCL XCIL
Roads and Road-making
314 118 321 323
Timothy Hay Pastures
Dry Farming
August XCIII.
XCIV.
XCV.
XCVL XCVn. XCVin. XCIX. C.
Alfalfa Budding Fruit Trees No Two Plants Alike The Water Supply The United States Weather Service Conservation of Natural Resources -Agriculture and Education
The Farm Home
Appendix Notes
-.
326 329 331 333 335 338 340 342 345
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE A YEAR ON THE FARM SEPTEMBER LESSON
I
SELECTING AND LAYING OUT THE FAEM
A
forty-acre farm.
—Let
us suppose that
is
it
the
day of September, and that we have moved into a new liome upon a forty-acre farm. Our farm is square 80 rods by 80 rods and the buildings are located at first
—
—
We
Our and we have good roads. The farm is level, with the exception of a V-shaped valley extending across it from north to south, dividing the
one corner of
market
farm
is five
into
it.
shall do general farming.
miles away,
two nearly equal parts.
This valley furnishes
excellent drainage facilities and an abundance The soil spring water throughout the year.
farm
is
is
in
good physical condition.
our
The
are free from stumps, stones and waste places. is an orchard of five acres, a wood-lot of five and the rest of the farm, with the exception of
There acres,
of
a rich, sandy loam for the most part, above a
clay subsoil, and fields
of good
the valley running through
it,
13
is tillable.
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUBE
14
The climate
is
temperate, ranging from zero to 90
degrees above zero. terfere with stock
ness of the place
and church
school
The climatie conditions do not inand the general healthfulThe local markets, the assured.
raising, is
facilities,
the character of the neigh-
bors, are all excellent factors in helping us to decide
upon
this farm.
We
we shall find The planning, the building, the sowing and reaping, and the beautifying of our home will furnish us interesting work for many years in fact, the work will never be finished, and shall be
very busy
all
the year, but
great pleasure in our work.
;
therein
is
the joy of
it all.
—
The month's work. September is the month for school to begin, and the interests of the farm will enter largely into the activities and lessons of the school. Busy days are ahead of us. Very little planting is to be done at this season, aside from wheat sowing, but we are in the midst of harvest, when we reap the rewards of the year's labor, and begin to plan for the coming winter. The great work of this month is the sowing of the wheat, and we shall learn of this great crop during the month. The second crop of clover is to be cut for seed.
Perhaps the wheat from the July During is to be thrashed.
harvest has been stacked and
month we shall find many weeds on the farm going and these should be cut down. The hungry insects will continue their ravages and demand our
this
to seed,
attention
SELECTING AND LAYING OUT FARM
15
Practical Exercises 1.
Make
JReport on the
a report in class
Home Farm
upon the home farm, using
the following topics 1. 2.
Kind of farming done. Size and shape of farm.
Courtesy of 0. Fig.
2.
J.
Kern.
At the Grove School
—level or
3.
Surface condition
4. 5.
General fertility condition. Drainage.
6.
"Water supply.
hilly.
Advantages or disadvantages of the location market, schools, neighbors, etc. 7.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
16 8. 9.
10.
—
Improvements house, farm buildings, Trees and landscape features. Climate and healthfulness. S.
Map
of
etc.
Home Farm
Each pupil in the class should draw a map of the home farm, shoAving fields, woodlot, orchards, gardens and buildings. report and
Draw to a scale the map as the
draw
of inches. first
agricultural note-book.
Fig.
3.
Write the
exercises in your
Diagram of 40-Acre Farm
FARM BUILDINGS
LESSON
17
II
FARM BUILDINGS Location.
granary,
—On our farm we have a good house, barn, carriage house, poultry house, and farm
silo,
laboratory.
Attention has been given to the proper
arrangement of these buildings, within themselves and The barn and other farm in relation to each other. houses are located back of the dwelling house, and the vegetable garden
is
convenient to the kitchen, yet well
The dwelling upon an elevation sufficient to afford good drainage, several rods back from the road, leaving room for a pretty lawn in front. A drive leads from
hidden from the front view of the house. house
is
situated
the road to the barn, passing through the barn-lot, con-
venient to the side of the house.
walk leads from the house
to
A
clean,
the barn.
attached to the barn, and the granary
is
dry gravel
A
silo
is
near by. One
of the most important out-buildings on our farm
is
the
The importance of silage as a feeding stuff is growing more apparent, but silage will not keep well in a poorly constructed silo. The silo must be air-tight, strong, perfectly smooth on the inside, and placed on
silo.
a strong, solid foundation.
—
The farm workshop. Every farmer should have a room in some building, in which he can do experimental work with plants, soils, etc., and in which he can do wood-working, forging in iron, and building, or a
general shop work,
A
shop well equipped with car-
penter's tools, a forge and anvil, a work-bench and
its
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
18
equipments, would save the farmer
much time buildings.
in the
repairing of
many
his
dollars
implements
and and
This same workshop might be provided with
apparatus for seed-testing, fruit-tree pruning and graft-
and analyzing, and with various chemicals and apparatus used in experimental work with plants and animals. A room so equipped on every farm would furnish interesting and profitable work during the winter months, and the results of the experiments in these laboratories might be profitably applied on the farm. ing, soil testing
The following
is
a
list
of materials
and furnishings
that might be useful in the farm laboratory: 1.
2.
Work-bench and carpenter's tools. Forge and anvil, with necessary
tools
accom-
panying. 3.
icals,
Medicine case with drugs for animals; and chemsuch
formalin,
as
sulphuric
acid,
ammonia,
copper sulphate, lime, sulphur, lead arsenate, paris green,
hellebore,
phosphoric
acid,
potash,
sodium
nitrate, etc., etc. 4.
Tight case for various seeds.
5.
Boxes of
6.
Table for general experimental work.
clay,
sand and humus
soils.
Water supply and means of heating the room. The pupils and teacher may add other materials to the above list, and, as a part of the work of this lesson, the pupils should draw the ground floor plan of such a room as described above, and indicate in their plan 7.
FAEM BUILDINGS
19
where they would place the different furnishings of the shop. Free Bulletins, U.
S.
Dept. of Agriculture
No. 32.— Silos and Silage. No. 126. Practical Suggestions for
—
Farm
Buildings.
Measurements Rules. 1.
To
find the area of a triangle multiply the base
by one-half
the height. 2.
by 3
To
find the circumference of a circle multiply the diameter
1-7.
3. To find the area of a circle multiply the square of the radius by 3 1-7. 4. The square of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the other sides.
Note: Make a drawing before attempting to solve any of the following problems.
Model Farm Buildings
Pig. 4.
Problems 1.
How many
to build a pig
to ground,
feet of inch
pen
lumber
will be required
six feet wide, four feet
and eight
feet long?
from peak
(See rules 1 and 4.)
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
20 2.
to
How many
board up
lumber
feet of inch
will be
needed
the gables of a barn thirty feet wide, the
peaks being twelve feet above the eaves? 3.
crib
How much
lumber
with four-inch
will it take to cover a corn
placed one inch apart, the
slats,
crib being twenty-four feet long, six feet wide at the
bottom, eight feet at the top, eight feet to the eaves,
and the peak three 4.
How
feet above the eaves
?
long will the rafters need to be for this
How many
feet
of 2x4 rafters will be required if they are placed
two
crib if they are to project one foot?
feet apart? 5.
How many
feet of
2x4 studding
will be
if they are placed the same distance apart
1
needed
How many
feet of roof boards will be required if they are allowed
to project one foot at each 6.
How many
to hold a
end
I
cubic feet must a bin contain in order
thousand bushels?
Make
a
list
of convenient
dimensions for such a bin. 7.
How many
feet
of two-inch plank will
be re-
quired to build a cylindrical tank fourteen feet across
and two
feet
deep ?
What
will be the cost of the
lumber
at $30 per thousand? 8.
How many
make three hoops 9.
How many
feet of
band iron
feet of inch
to cover the inner wall of a feet across
will it require to
for this tank?
and eighteen
feet
lumber
"round" high?
will be required silo
twenty-one
How many
of two-inch plank will be needed for a cover? will be the cost of all this
lumber
feet
What
at $25 per thousand.
FARM BUILDINGS 10. silo at
11.
What
will
put a cement
floor in this
10 cents per square foot?
How many
and placed one
What
2x4 studdings eighteen
foot apart will
will be their cost at 12.
cost to
it
21
will
it
feet
long
be required, and what
$24 per thousand?
lumber to floor a barn and one-half inch plank
cost for the
forty by sixty feet with two
$18 per thousand?
at
Fig.
13.
the
The peak
Barn amd Silos
of this barn
What
eaves.
5.
will
is
twelve feet higher than
inch lumber for sheeting the
gables cost at $24 per thousand. 14.
The rafters are made of 2x4, and twenty-seven
inches long, placed eighteen inches apart. will they cost at 15.
What
$20 per thousand.
will be the cost of the sheeting for the
roof at $16 per thousand at each
end?
How much
if
the roof projects two feet
LESSONS IN AGKICULTURE
32
What
16.
will
inches to the at the eaves
shingle
to
five
?
is
placed on a wall twelve inches
and eight feet high. "What stone for same at $5 per cord?
thick
What
18.
with
roof
this
per thousand, laying thein
weather and allowing for a double course
This building
17.
cost
it
shingles worth $3.25
will
it
cost
to
is
the cost of the
fence a field sixty rods
long and forty-five rods wide with a five wire fence, posts one rod apart, worth 5 cents each, staples 6 cents
per pound
pound
the
to
amounting 19.
pound), wire weighing one
(200 to the
worth $4.50 per
rod,
cwt.,
and labor
to $6.
What
will
around the same inches wide, and
it
board fence
using twelve-foot boards, six
worth
and
cents each, nails
cost to build a five
field,
per thousand, posts 5
$16
labor, $15.
LESSON MAP STUDIES OF
—Boys
III
LIFE AFIELD
out of doors all
who have ensummer may not
relish the prospect of sitting indoors
during the pleas-
School out-of-doors. joyed the free
life
and
girls
ant September days studying from books, while life
and
activity
on the farms without.
begin by bringing some of the
life
Hence
all is
let
us
of the farm into
and carrying some of our school probfarm for answer. The fields, the woods, the roadsides, the brooks and the skies shall be our
the schoolroom,
lems out to the
MAP STUDIES OF LIFE AFIELD
33
books when we are out of school, and we shall enjoy
our hours in school, telling each other what we have seen and learned in the big books of nature.
^^^^^^^^^^^Hf^ ^^^
^
In
all
LESSONS IN AC4RICULTURE
24
accurate scale.
Place in this
map
the creeks, springs,
buildings, etc. Collect bottles of the different kinds of soil
2.
on the 3.
and bring
tract,
Make
a
list
found
to school.
of all the useful plants growing on
the plot.
Make a list of all the weeds or useless plants known on the plot. 5. Make a list of all the domestic and wild animals 4.
seen, 6.
Make
from time
a
list
of all the birds
insects observed
to time.
This work
may
many weeks, and and accurate record in
continue through
the pupils should keep a neat their
and
permanent note-books of the observations on their
tracts of land.
LESSON IV INSECTS THAT INJUKE THE CROPS
"The farmer may prepare the soil ever so well, he may fertilize with the greatest of care, he may cultivate thoroughly, the weather conditions may be favorable, and yet he may lose all or a portion of his crop through the attacks of insects and the ravages of plant diseases."
(Hatch.)
Extent of injury.
— Insects
value of millions of dollars.
The farmer has learned
some of these pests successfully, and yet too attention is paid by the average farmer to methods
to fight little
destroy our crops to the
INSECTS THAT INJURE CROPS
25
of combating insects as well as plant diseases. is
much
control
to learn about insects before
them
We
successfully.
There
we can hope
to
must learn when and
where the insects lay their eggs, when the eggs hatch, and into what forms they develop, and what they feed upon. Some people make fun of boys and girls when they see them hunting and studying "bugs," but
if
somebody did not hunt and study bugs, they would eat and drive us all out of house and home. There are usually four Life history of an insect. stages in the life history of an insect the egg stage,
—
—
the grub or caterpillar stage, the resting
pupa
or
stage,
and
the full-groAvn insect.
The egg
is
by
laid
the full-grown insect in the
ground or
in
any part of the plant.
The eggs hatch what we usually a
into call
grub or w^orm. The
grub of most insects is a great eater, and it age
is
done
to
Fig.
7. Section of a Tree-Truxk Showing Gvpsy Moth Lauvak
Ascending is in
this stage that
our plants. After
it
much dam-
has eaten and grown
fat, it
hides itself and goes into a pupa or resting stage.
From
this pod-like affair
sect,
it
emerges as a full-grown
in-
Some
in-
ready to lay eggs and repeat the
sects,
life cycle.
such as grasshoppers, do not go into the resting
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
26 stage, but
grow
their
wings as they hop about
in search
of food.
Feeding habits of into
two
classes,
insects.
—Insects
may
be divided
according to their habits of injury to
and the sap-sucking
plants: the leaf-eating insects
in-
These habits of the insects furnish the farmer a
sects.
methods of destroying them.
clue to
a certain insect
is
If he finds that
eating the leaves of his plants, he
can spray them with a poison, such as lead arsenate,
and the
insects will eat the poison
insect that
is
and
die.
If the
injuring the plants has a beak which
it
uses to suck the sap from the tree or plant, without
eating the leaves, then the farmer can spray with lime-
sulphur or a mixture of kerosene and soapsuds, which stop the insect's breathing pores or
will
destroy
its
Directions for making these mixtures are given
body.
elsewhere in this book.
The body
of insects.
—Insects
they are "in sections." tions of
men.
an
insect's
The head
is
body
are so called because
There are three main
—the
sec-
head, thorax, and abdo-
provided with a pair of
feelers,
a
pair of strong jaws (or a sucking tube), and two com-
pound or two simple
eyes.
Three pairs of legs and
usually two pairs of wings are attached to the thorax.
The abdomen segments. sides.
note
is
the back part of the body,
made up
of
Insects breathe through little holes in their
In the practical exercises which follow you will all
Note.
these points of structures in various insects.
The practical
exercises
on insects
given as separate lessons and so numbered.
will
be
THE GBASSHOPPER
37
LESSON V THE GRASSHOPPER
1.
General
directions.
—In
making
these
practical
an example of each of the common will be taken up. The pupils should
studies of insects,
orders of insects
provide their
own
material,
the class for study.
The
and bring the
will facilitate the catching of
grasshopper, butterfly, bee,
etc.
winged
insects like the
Bottles
and cans may
be used to catch such insects as the beetles
Fig.
A
hand
helpful. sors,
lens to
A
8.
insects to
insect net illustrated below
and bugs.
Insect Net
magnify the
body
insect
will be
found
sharp penknife, a pair of sharp-pointed
scis-
two large needles mounted in wooden holders, and
a pair of sharp eyes are essentials in the study of insects.
Field and laboratory studies.
—In
making this study draw a whole and then make such notes and
of the insects, the pupils should
body view of the
insect,
first
LESSONS IN AGKICULTURE
28
answer such questions as are asked
Determine
lines.
in the k\sson out
answers from observation.
all
1.
Observe in the
Its
method of locomotion.
field
:
Its protective coloration. Its sounds.
Its enemies. 2.
With
Its haunts.
spiracle, just
above the base of the middle
and closing of the Put a grasshopper under
the opening pore.
JNB Fig.
Its food.
the living insect, try to find the breathing
DiFFEUEXTiAL Locust
9.
lips of this
a glass
— After
Perhaps
will eat grass or leaves.
it
Wliy does it do this? body can it jump? In what ways do the hind pair
Watch
legs.
and
breathing see if
it
S.\nderson
has spit "tobacco
How many
times
of legs differ
from
juice" on you.
the length of its 3.
the others?
Of what advantage
are
the
hooks and spines
on
the legs?
Count the number of Study the wings.
4.
pare with the hind folded
?
By
gether, the
drawing
joints on each leg.
How does the jjair? How are
front pair com-
the hind wings
rubbing the upper and lower wings grasshopper
of the Avings.
sounds
are
made.
Make
to-
a
THE GRASSHOPPER Study the mouth
5.
ficult
parts.
29
These are the most
dif-
Find the
fol-
of all the external parts to see.
lowing parts (a)
The upper
(b)
A
the upper
lip.
A pair of jointed maxillae A two-lobed lower lip, the
(e)
(d)
The female has
6.
a two-lobed lab rum.
lip,
pair of blackish horny mandibles, covered by
at the
an opening into the ground are
adults in every
called
way
end of the abdomen, four These are used for making
points called the ovipositor.
grasshoppers
below the mandibles, labium.
to receive the eggs.
nymphs, and
Young
resemble
the
except that their wings are unde-
veloped.
Count the segments of the abdomen.
7.
Observe
on each side of the abdomen a groove, and just above it
a
row of breathing
spiracles.
braneous depression on the
men. 8.
This
is
supposed
Observe the eye.
first
Observe the thin mem-
segment of the abdo-
to be the ear.
Perhaps you can
see that
it
is
made up of many divisions. The grasshopper has two compound eyes and three simple eyes. Try to find these. 9.
What
other
insects
belong to the
grasshopper
Are they injurious on the farm? How? Note. For killing insects, prepare a cyanide bottle as follows: Break potassium cyanide into small pieces and put into the bottom of a wide-mouthed bottle. Avoid the deadly poisonous fumes. Poiir over the family?
—
LESSONS IX AGEICULTUEE
30
pieces just enough water to cover them.
paris until the water
is
absorbed.
until the contents are dried
dropped into the
;
Add
plaster of
Leave unstoppered
then cork tightly.
bottle will die.
Keep
Insects
the bottle
from
children.
LESSON VI 2.
THE BUTTERFLY
Every country boy or girl knows the white cabbage and its associate, the sulphur butterfly. With a freshly killed specimen, take up the study as butterfly,
follows 1.
INIake
a drawing of the whole body, showing the
characteristic markings. 2. How many segments to the body? appendages from these segments?
3.
How
What
do the legs compare with those of
are the
tiie
grass-
hopper ? 4.
Write a descriptive sentence about each of the
following points of the wings: Action, shape, overlapping, scale-covering, and vein-structure. 5.
How many
like those of the 6.
which
With Answer
flower..
Are they
grasshopper?
Examine the mouth
coiled tube
7.
segments to the abdomen?
it
of the butterfly.
Find the
uses to obtain the nectar from the
and note its length. the following points on the observation
a pin uncoil
of a live butterfly
it
THE BUTTERFLY rnanner of
Its
(a)
31
flight.
The kind of food, and the manner of feeding. The natural enemies of the butterfly. The position of the wings when at rest. (d) What is the damage done by the cabbage but8. (b) (c)
terfly
?
should be remembered that the
It
the best friend
we have
common
toad
is
in the garden to rid the ca])bage
of this pest.
What
9.
is
the life-history of the butterfly?
question will be asked in connection with
we
shall
therefore eral
all
This
the insects
study a
gen-
answer should
probably be given to
make
clear.
this point
The
cab-
bage butterfly lays its eggs usually on "„ J, the lower surface
Fig.
,
of cabbage leaves. in color.
worms. for
Cabbage Butterfli
They are small and
After the worms have fed upon the cabbage leaves
some time, they spin from this
pod
is
mouths a
their
called the pupa.
usually found on old fences or posts.
pupa ruptures, and out, dries its
of a
new
are pale-yellowish
These hatch into larva, the so-called cabbage
around themselves; is
10.
pod
The pupa
In a short time the
a full-grown cabbage butterfly crawls
wings and
generation.
silken
flies
away
to begin the life history
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
32 10.
If
you can get a moth compare
with the but-
it
terfly as follows:
(a)
Difference in the feelers
(b)
Manner of folding the wings when Time of flying, day or night.
(c)
(antenna^).
(d)
Comparative
size of bodies.
Note.
—Butterflies
and moths belong
at rest.
to
this
order
of insects.
LESSON 3.
VII
THE FLY common
1.
Make
2.
Write a sentence on each of the following points,
a drawing of the
based upon your
own
house-fly.
observation of a live fly:
(b)
The rapidity of the wing motion, Its manner of eating.
(c)
Its favorite haunts.
(a)
3.
How many
the wings
and try
wings has the fly?
Look under
to find the little white knobs, called
the balancers. 4.
Note how rough and hairy the legs and feet of
Would they
the fly are. it
hold
filth
and
dirt so that
could be carried? 5.
How
does the abdomen of the fly compare with
other insects
we have studied?
Count the segments
of
the abdomen. 6.
The
life
history of the fly family
may
be studied
THE FLY
33
Expose out of doors a bit of may be laid upon it. The
easily in the schoolroom.
lean meat, so that the eggs
upon meat.
blue-bottle fly will lay eggs
Fill a tin can
box with sand, and on a chip in the center of
or
place the bit of meat with the eggs on glass tumbler over
down onto
it
Invert a
it.
and push the rim of the tumbler
it,
the sand to prevent the
In a few
escape of offensive odors.
hours the eggs will hatch, and in a
few days the grown.
larva
They
will
under the chip
be
fully
probably
crawl
will
change into pupse.
to
They may come out soon flies,
or they
in this its
may remain
as
adult
over winter
The house fly lays ^^^- H- the fly manure and filth and is transformed through
stage.
eggs in
the same stages of
life history.
Rules Against Flies 1.
Flies are very dangerous in the spread of disease,
therefore
we should not
allow any decaying organic
matter in which they can breed to accumulate. 2.
damp 3.
If the cellar
is
damp
clean
out
the
dark and
corners and apply lime.
Pour kerosene
with kerosene
all
into
the
drains
and
also
treat
waste materials not intended for fer-
tilizers. 4.
If the kitchen waste
is
deposited in large cans
it
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
34
should be removed at least once a week.
The cans
should have covers. 5.
Kitchen waste intended as food for hogs should
be removed and used daily. 6.
Haul out the manure and spread
every day, or put over the 7.
fields or
it
in a screened
it
on the
to be
soil
emptied
gardens at least once a week,
If inconvenient to haul the
vals, treat it
box
manure
at short inter-
with kerosene or gypsum.
work of destroying adult flies by the usual methods, and judiciously screen against them. Flies breed in filth they are among the worst agencies in the spread of typhoid fever, and every means possible should be used to banish them from our homes. 8.
Keep up
the
;
LESSON 4.
If
it
is
VIII
THE BUG
possible to catch a two-year cicada, some-
times called "dog-day harvest fly," or improperly, the locust, this will
make
of the true bug.
If
bug
the best specimen for the study
none of these can be
1.
Draw
2.
How many
squash
the view of the whole body.
wings are there?
bug that the front half of the wing the back half is membranous. 3.
got, a
will illustrate the characteristics of all bugs.
Note in the squash is
horny and that
Note the triangular prominence of the thorax on
the back.
THE BUG
35
4. Observe the mouth parts. What does the bug's mouth show as to its manner of eating? For what kind of locomotion are the legs 5.
adapted ? 6.
Find the eyes and
describing each.
L
^'i^
feelers.
Write a sentence
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
36
This
is
an injurious order of
sene emulsion spray
is
the
insects,
means
and the kero-
of combating in most
cases.
LESSON IX THE DRAGON FLY
5.
Both dragon and damsel
They
with a net.
flies will
have to be caught
are usually seen flying about ponds
or streams of water. 1.
Answer
the following questions from the observa-
tion of a living specimen
(b)
What What
(c)
How
(a)
is
their habit of flight?
is
their food?
do the dragon
fly
and damsel
fly
diflfer
in habits?
What
(d) 2.
is
the position of the wings at rest?
After killing the dragon
straighten
its
fly in
the cyanide bottle,
wings and legs and draw the whole body
view. 3.
How
do the legs compare with those of the grass-
hopper ? 4.
How many
wings are there?
Write a descrip-
tive sentence about them. 5.
Note
the
What would
enormous
this
indicate
Find the three simple
development
of
as to their habit
eyes,
and
tell
the
eyes.
of life?
where they are
located. 6.
Write a descriptive sentence about the abdomen. segments?
How many
THE DRAGON FLY 7.
Does the dragon
8.
The
life history.
They hatch
fly
have a sting?
— The eggs are laid in the water.
nymph, a form resembling the adult
into a
In this stage they
without wings.
37
in the water,
live
and feed greedily upon small water
insects.
At
this
stage they are benein eating
ficial
quito the
nymph
grown of
it
is
fully
crawls out
water
the
mos-
When
larva.
upon
some convenient rock or reed, Fig. 13.
feet down
The Deagon-Fly
fastens
firmly,
its
splits
the back, and
dragon fly crawls out, dries itself, and is soon ready to fly. The dragon fly is a beneficial insect, because it preys upon other insects that are pests to us.
the adult
LESSON X THE BEE
6.
1.
Answer
the following questions on the honey, or
biimble bee, based
upon
(a)
What kind
(b)
Is it
(c)
Does
(d)
What
(e)
Explain how
(f)
How
field
observation
of flowers does
shy while feeding? it
it
Will
feed upon? it
sting then?
stay long at each flower?
does
does
gather from the flower?
it
it
its
that of the butterfly?
helps the flower.
manner
of flight
compare with
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
38
Kill the bee in the cyanide bottle,
2.
and make a
drawing of the body. Note the large body in comparison
3.
Do you think that the wings wear many wings are there? Are the Try to
4. 5.
the
How
out easily?
Explain.
legs of the bee all alike?
find
to the wings.
mouth parts and the tongue.
"Write a descriptive sentence about them.
Can you
6.
see
any value in the hairy covering of
the bee's body?
Fig. 14.
Find the
7. is
Queen,
Drone.
Worker.
The Bee
sting of the bee
and remove
it.
There
a poison gland at the root of the sting, which pours
a fluid into the
wound made by
the sting, causing the
painful sensation with which every boy 8. is it
Where does made of?
9.
Life history.
second stage
is
the
bumble bee make
—The eggs are
is
its
familiar.
nest?
laid in the cells.
What The
the worm-like creature, the larva, lying
It must be fed, and it is a big eater. grown it spins a silken cocoon about itself and enters the next stage. The third stage is the pupa. Here it remains quietly concealed within
inactive in the
When
it
is
cell.
fully
THE BEETLE its
39
cocoon, over which the workers spread a thin layer
making a
of wax,
way through
cell of
it.
the top of the cell
After a time
it
cuts its
and comes forth a
fully
developed bumble bee. 10.
To
this order
belong the wasps, hornets, saw-
and honey bees. Note. If it is desired to make an extended study of the honey bee as an insect for farm use, write to Mr. Frank Benton, of the Division of Entomology, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C, for his Bee Book and other circulars.
flies,
gallflies, ants,
—
LESSON XI 7.
1.
Make
2.
How many
THE BEETLE
a drawing of the beetle.
wings has the beetle?
killed specimen in hand, extend the
wing-covers,
With
a freshly
two horny, sheath
which meet by smooth edges along the
middle of the back, completely covering the thin membraneous wings beneath.
Spread out
wings and make a drawing
to
all
four of these
show the wing arrange-
ment. 3.
parts.
Write a descriptive sentence about the mouth Are they made for sucking or biting and
chewing ? 4.
Write a sentence
telling of the size
and position
of the eyes. 5.
How many
the claws.
joints in the beetle's leg?
Describe
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
40 6.
How many
segments
in
abdomen?
the
Com-
pare the upper and lower surfaces. 7.
How
Find
do beetles live?
as
many
different
kinds as you can. 8.
Life history.
egg, larva, pupa,
— The beetle has and
all
the four stages:
The eggs
adult.
hatch
into
of the beetle
grub s, w
worms, borers,
i
r o
In this
etc.
damage and other
stage they do great to the crops, trees,
vegetation.
From
the
grub
stage they pass into a pupa
stage similar to all other
in-
The pupas are usually in the ground, from which emerge adult beetles. a. Larva, b. Adult. Fig. 15. Ground Beetle Most of the beetles are very injurious insects, the tiger beetles and lady beetles excepted, and, since they are usually chewing insects, sects.
the treatment
is a
lead arsenate or paris green spray.
Free Bulletins, U. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
S.
Dept. of Agriculture
— Spraying for Fruit Diseases. —Some Insects Injurious Stored Grain. — The Grain Smuts: Cause and Prevention. —Potato Diseases and Their Treatment. — Three Insects Enemies of Shade Trees. — Important Insecticides. 132. — The Principal Insect Enemies of Wheat. 146. — Insecticides and Fungicides. 171.— The Control of the Codling Moth. 172. — Scale Insects and Mites on Citrus Trees. 38. 45. 75. 91. 99. 127.
to
196.— The Usefulness of the Toad. 212.— The Cotton Bollworm.
THE BEETLE
41
Spraying Mixtures for Plant Diseases (Bordeaux Mixture.) 5 lbs. unslacked lime
$0.04 30
3 lbs. copper sulphate at 10c
Total Dissolve each thoroughly in 25 gallons of water. Use wooden vessels. are thoroughly dissolved, mix. fully into spray-pump, barrel, or tank.
$0.34
When
both Strain care-
Lime-Sulphur gallons lime-sulphur 50 gallons water.
$0.20
11/4
For Leaf-Eating Insects Paris green to 50 gallons water. Spray. Cost \ $0.15 3 lbs. arsenate of lead to 50 gallons water. Cost $0.45 Asenafe of lead sticks to the plant much better than Paris green, and is therefore more useful, especially in rainy seasons. lb.
1/2
For Sap-Sucking Insects 2 gallons kerosene 1 lb. hard soap (1 qt. soft soap) 1 gallon
$0.25 10
water
Total cost
$0.35
Problems
Suppose
1.
it
takes two applications of two pounds
of lead arsenate each,
day
to destroy the
many to
at $1.00 per
bushels of potatoes at 50c per bushel will
pay 2.
and two days' time
bugs on an acre of potatoes, how it
take
for the treatment?
If one house fly lays 80 eggs four different times
during the summer, and half of these eggs hatch female
number of eggs as the and so on to four generations, how many flies would come from the first fly during the summer? I^ind out the average yield of honey from hives 3. in your community, and calculate the income from a flies,
each one laying the same
first fly,
hive of bees at the prevailing price paid for honey.
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
42
LESSON XII PLANT DISEASES Injury and control. the in
summer grew
attention
— Perhaps we have noticed during
that some of the plants
sickly
and
interested
died, in spite of all the care
We
we gave them.
that plants
we were
have diseases, just as people do.
blight, smut, rot,
and the
of diseases which
afflict
and
are told by the botanists
like,
are the
the plant.
plant to plant by means of
little
Rust,
common names
They spread from dust-like
particles
air and Here the spores may grow and injure the plant by living upon its sap. They must be destroyed or they may kill the plant upon which they feed. The various diseases caused by the
called spores. settle
These spores
float
around in the
on healthy plants.
spores are called fungous diseases.
common forms the
are the
smut of corn and
fire
Some
of the most
blight of the pear
oats, the rust of
and apple,
wheat, the potato
scab,
potato blight, peach leaf curl, apple scab, club
root,
black knot of plum, brown and bitter rot, and
many other kindred varieties. As soon as the diseases make
their appearance in the
orchards or on the crops, the farmer should begin his fight.
If the leaves of the trees begin to
dry up and
blacken with the blight, the affected parts should be off, at some distance below the blight, The lime-sulphur, or Bordeaux mixture, spray described in Lessons 11 and 64, are the spray
immediately cut
and burned.
remedies to use on most plant diseases.
PLANT DISEASES Practical Observation of
43
Exercises
Some Plant Diseases Bring samples of diseased plants to the school and 1.
fill
out the following outline as you study the speci-
mens
:
Common Names
of the Diseases.
^.
|
Plants Affected.
Soak the
Remedy.
Treating Oats for Smut
Bring a half bushel of oats sack."
|
oats,
to school in a ''gunny-
sack and
all,
for
about ten
minutes in a vessel holding ten gallons of water, to
which has been added one-fourth pint of formaldehyde
Then spread the
(40 per cent).
formaldehyde the oats,
kills
oats out to dry.
The
the spores of the smut that are on
and the crop coming from
this treated seed
would be a good service to the farmers if the school would treat all the seed oats in the community. will
be free from the disease.
It
Problems 1.
Suppose
it
takes 200 gallons of
to spray
an acre of potatoes.
mixture?
(See Lesson 11.)
2.
blight
Bordeaux mixture is
the cost of the
Suppose
it takes two applications to cure the and each application requires a day's time,
What is the How many bushels
worth $1.00. 3.
What
bushel, will
it
cost of the cure?
of potatoes,
at
50 cents a
take to pay the cost of this spray?
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
44
Suppose two
4.
owned by
fields of
potatoes of an acre each,
One farmer sprays
farmers.
different
to
cure the blight, and gets 188 bushels of potatoes, worth
The other neglects
50 cents per bushel. gets but
75 bushels.
What
his field
and
difference in the
the
is
value of the two crops?
What did What is
5.
spray?
Did
pay
it
6.
to
cost the first
it
farmer
farmer?
If formaldehyde costs 50 cents per pint,
how much
and will
a it
sowing three bush-
cost per acre to treat the seed oats,
7.
apply the
spray?
pint will treat 40 bushels of oats,
els to
to
his actual gain over the other
the acre?
Suppose
it
takes a day's work, worth $1, to treat
the seed for 12 acres,
what
is
the total cost of the treat-
ment? 8.
How many
bushel, will
it
bushels
of
oats,
at
30
take to pay for the treatment?
cents
per
Suppose
the treatment increased the yield 20 bushels per acre,
how much
does the farmer gain on his crop
LESSON
?
XIII
THE WHEAT CROP General
cultural
requirements.
in value in the
perate,
United States.
and warm
climates,
It does best in clay loam,
— Wheat
has
been
The crop ranks third
cultivated from the earliest times. It
grows in
cool,
tem-
and in many kinds of soil. and poorest in sandy loam.
WHEAT CROP The
must be well drained, and
soil
—that
45 in a good physical
must be open, crumbly, and mellow. made valuable for wheat by manuring, by good tillage, and by crop rotation. Cow peas or red clover make a valuable crop to precede wheat for condition
Hard
is, it
clay soils can be
;
they add nitrogen to the lation of air,
soil,
loosen
and add liumus
it,
allow free circu-
to the soil
under.
^^^^^^
-
-.
-«
when plowed
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
46
central states varies
week
to the first
from the second week
On
in October.
advisable to sow wheat as late as possible.
fly it is
seed drill
is
the best implement for sowing wheat.
amount of seed per acre required to get the depends upon a number of conditions, such tility of the soil,
The The
best results as the fer-
the condition of the seed bed as to
and moisture, and the
fineness
size
and quality of the
"With medium-sized seed of good quality on a
seed used.
well prepared fertile
be
September
in
account of the Hessian
soil,
six pecks per acre will usually
sufficient.
The
selection of
good seed
is
increasing the yield of wheat.
from the best portions of the
way
in such a
for sowing.
an important means of Seed should be selected
and cleaned and plumpest grains
crop, graded
as to get the largest
In Indiana, the highest yielding varieties
of wheat are the Ruby, Pearl's Prolific, Michigan
Amber,
Farmer's Friend, and Abundance.
Feeding the wheat crop.
—Wheat
responds to the
use of fertilizers more readily than most of the ordinary crops.
A
tilizer is soil
may
study of the crop will show what sort of fer-
needed.
If the straw
is
be deficient in nitrogen
inferior ;
but
if
luxuriant and the heads small and poorly
and
short, the
the straw be filled,
the soil
contain too little phosphoric acid and potash. Purdue Experiment Station recommends for wheat the application at seeding time of about 300 pounds per acre
may
of a fertilizer containing two per cent nitrogen, eight available phosphoric acid, ash.
and two to four per cent potmix his own fertilizer and
If the farmer wishes to
WHEAT CROP
47
thus save several dollars per ton, 200 pounds per acre of the following mixture is advised 900 pounds steamed bone meal, 300 pounds high grade acid phosphate, and 200 pounds muriate of potash. These may be purchased :
from
companies and can be easily mixed with
fertilizer
a shovel on the barn
The average yield but
little
floor.
for
wheat in the United States
over thirteen bushels per acre.
fact that the acreage of
wheat
is
decreasing,
population of the country increasing, there
alarm over the future bread supply.
is
In view of the
is
and the
occasion for
The future wheat
supply must come, not so much from increased acreage, as
from increased production per
acre.
Practical Exercises 1.
Take a walk stand
is
good.
Study of the Wheat Plant. into a
wheat
field.
Is there a luxuriant
the heads filled out well
?
Note whether the
growth of stem ? Have
Pull up a single wheat plant,
and stem. Take several wheat plants and a handwheat into the schoolroom. Make a drawing of the wheat and its root system. Separate your handful of wheat grains into two piles one containing the plump, large seeds, and the other, the smaller, inferior root
ful of
—
seeds. ^.
The StooUng Habit of Wheat
Plant a few wheat seeds in pots in the schoolroom, and after they have grown into stems and begun to fall over, dig out a few of the plants without breaking of the roots.
Volunteer wheat
may
off
many
be found growing
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
48
Try to find the grain from which the plant Find the first joint.
in the fic4ds.
started.
Do you joint
find
more than one plant starting from
this
?
All but the central one of these are stools.
Do
the stools seem to be as strong as the central plant
Does the thickness of the stand seem to
to
?
have anything
do with the amount of stooling ? Is the stooling greater in rich soil or in
Is a large
amount
of stooling desirable
3.
A Visit some
If practicable, visit
made.
poor
?
soil
Why
?
?
to the Mill
mill to see
how
Write a paragraph describing your
the flour
is
visit.
Problems 1.
How much
wheat
bushels per acre?
will
What
we have on our farm
will
it
at 30
be worth at the prevail-
ing price? 2.
Calculate what
it
will cost to raise this crop at the
What
present price of labor and seed and fertilizer. will be our profit 3.
At the
?
price of flour, will
it
pay the forty-acre
farmer to raise wheat, or buy the flour ? References: is Fed.
World
The Cereals in America. — Thos. Hunt. — Industrial Reader, Carpenter. Circular
Experiment Station, Lafayette, Ind.
How 23,
the
Purdue
OCTOBER On ter,
the Farm.
—While the trees are preparing for win-
shedding their beai^ifully colored leaves, we too
must prepare for the winter, by lars,
filling
our barns,
and granaries with the grains and
fields.
After the
silo is filled,
we
cel-
fruits of our
shall cut
and shock a
part of our corn, but the greater part we shall husk
and leave the fodder
in the field for
' '
stalk pasture.
Our
' '
apples will be piled in cool places until time to store in the cellar.
We
shall
have pumpkins to gather, po-
tatoes to dig, sauerkraut
and cider
vegetables to store away.
If there are
and trees month for
to
plant on the
farm,
to
make, and
any more shrubs
October
Of course, we shall daffodil, and crocus bulbs
this work.
hyacinth, tulip,
fall
a
good
set
some
for
early
is
spring flowers.
LESSON XIV SELECTING AND STORING SEED CORN The good farmer in husking his corn will have by him a special box or basket into which he can throw ears of corn selected from the stalk for next year's seed corn.
Position of ear on stalk. selecting an ear for seed
The ear should be
set
— The is
its
first
point to notice in
position on the stalk.
about midway up the 49
stalk,
not
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
50
The shank
too near the bottom nor too near the top.
that holds the ear should not to be too long, so that
On
holds the ear far from the stalk.
should not be so short that
upright against the
medium
size,
it it
causes the ear to stand
it
The
stalk.
the other hand,
stalk
should be
of
strong and tapering with strong brace
* and plenty of leaves. Shape of ear. The next point to observe is the genFor eral shape and development of each ear selected.
roots
—
the
first selection
of the corn in the field be governed
by the following points: 1. Length of ear, between eight and ten Circumference
2.
of
the
ear,
about
inches.
three-fourths
the length.
Rows
3.
of kernels, straight
and butt of the
to the tip
and running well out Kernels well shaped,
ear.
firmly set in place, deeply dented and all of the same
purity of color.
Governed by these points in the field selection of ears, may select more corn than is really needed for his seed, so that a closer selection and grading may
the farmer
be
made
in the spring before planting.
Storing seed corn.
hung by
either be
may
be,
the
corn,
it
should
made
narrow
strips with spaces
Whatever the device used
to store the corn
or be placed in racks
between.
—In storing
the husks torn back from the ear,
it
of
should provide for free circulation of air
about the ears, and a dry, cool place, protected from mice, rats
The
and poultry.
scoring,
judging,
and
final
testing
and
se-
SELECTING AND STORING SEED CORN lection
of
March, but
corn are treated
seed if
desired
at this time; in
may
which case
the
in
51
lessons
for
be taken up in the schools it
would be advisable
to re-
peat them in the spring.
Practical Exercises 1.
Observational Study of Stalls of Corn
Bring a half dozen stalks of corn into the schoolLet each stalk have its roots, leaves, ears and all
room.
^fff^ffff?***
^m^ima :<::'*:''
«
ttiiiiiiiiii.
Fig. 17.
complete.
Make
Reid's
Yellow Dent
notes of your observations of each
stalk on the following points: 1.
Leaf growth.
2.
Size
3.
Brace roots.
and vigor of
stalk,
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
53 4.
Height of
5.
Length of shank. Ear good or poor type.
—
6.
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 229.
Reference: 2.
Go
ear.
Selecting the Seed Corn in the Field
and
to a corn field in the vicinity of the school
select at least fifty desirable stalks of corn bearing the
ears as explained in the discussion above.
First select
the strong, medium-sized, stocky stalks having the ears
properly located and bending from the
enough of the ear selection
to
mentioned as
Husk
good standard.
see
Husk
stalk.
whether the other points of
(1), (2), (3) above, are
up
ten or twelve ears and take
to a
them
to the schoolroom for further study.
If
it
is
not practical to go to a corn
field,
a dozen
more stalks of corn should be brought into the schoolroom for a study of the points in field selection of seed or
corn.
Make
notes criticizing the stalks. 3.
Storing Seed Corn
Construct a swinging shelf in the attic of the school-
room by means feet long by one
of four wires foot wide.
and a board about the corn you have
Lay
lected for seed on this shelf, cording eral layers deep.
in the
Such a swinging
it
up
shelf
six se-
wood sevmay be made
like
barn or crib at the farm, and several bushels
of seed corn stored 4.
upon
it.
Selecting Exhibition Corn
Arrange for an exhibit day as a practical lesson under Each pupil should bring ten of the best ears
this topic.
SELECTING AND STOEING SEED CORN of corn he can select
from the home crop.
53
One very
important thing in choosing corn for an exhibit principle of uniformity.
on an exhibit,
alike as
which by careful measurement and comparison
Fig. 18.
Drying Rack fob Seed Coen
Arrange
are nearest alike.
brought to school, so as vantage.
parents
in,
to
all
the exhibits which are
show them
to the best ad-
See the lesson on corn judging and scoring.
Have some
outside person judge the corn, invite the
award
prizes, talk corn,
of the corn exhibit.
prize
must look
Pick out the best ten ears you can
nearly as possible. find,
the
In order to get a high rating
the ears in the set
all
is
and bring them
and make a great day
Save the ten ears that won to the
first
county and state corn shows.
—
LESSONS IX AGKICULTURE
54
5.
With
Field SUidies of the Corn
note-book, pencil,
and
rule,
go to the corn
field,
and answer from observations the following points: 1.
Name
2.
Date the corn matures.
3.
Average height of corn.
4.
Average number of leaves on a corn
number
of the variety of corn.
stalk; the
of joints.
5.
Length of ear shank on an average of ten plants.
6.
Husks abundant or scarce
7.
Number
;
;
close or loose.
of corn plants on an acre (10 rods x 16
rods). 8. 9.
Average height of ears from the ground. The number of ears of corn on the acre measured
number
the
of bushels on the acre. 6.
With an it,
Study of an Ear of Corn
ear of corn on the desk before you, describe
using the following outline 1.
Name
2.
Color of grain and cob.
of the variety.
3.
Surface, smooth or rough.
4.
Rows
of kernels; number, straightness, spacing,
and completeness. 5.
Grains, firm or loose.
6.
Shape of the
7.
Butt; even, shallow or deep.
8.
Tip exposed or covered, nature of kernel at tip. Kernels; square or rounded at top, shoe-peg or
9.
;
rounded form.
ear.
SELECTING AND STOEING SEED CORN
55
10.
Length and circumference of the
11.
"Weight of ear, of kernels, and of cob; per cent
ear.
of grain.
Number
12.
of kernels on the ear.
Problems
The corn crop for the
1.
last five
years in the United
States has been over 2,500,000,000 bushels a year.
much
is
2.
How
that for each person in the United States?
What
is
the value of this corn at the prevailing
price ? 3.
How much
corn was grown in your state last
year?
What was
of the
Department
(See Year Book
the yield per acre? of Agriculture.
If the school does
not have the latest copy, apply to your
member
of Con-
gress.)
LESSON XV THE BEST CORN IN THE COMMUNITY Practical Exercises
Let each pupil weigh out one bushel of corn in the ear at home,
and bring the weights
to school.
one copy the weights and data of
all
Then each and
the others,
tabulate the results as follows Pupils
Names.
lbs. Per ceut Lbs. of Variety. Overweight. Overweight. Underweight.
Weight of No. of Bushel.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
56
Problems
How much
1.
should we expect to gather from our
shown
ten-acre lot of corn as it
in Lesson
I,
and what
is
worth at the present price?
How many
2.
ears of corn will
it
take to
make a
bushel ?
How many
3.
bushels of corn in a
feet long, 3 feet wide,
and 27 inches deep,
wagon box 10 filled to
round-
ing and gauged by bushel measure 12x12x27 inches?
How many
4.
bushels of corn in a bin 10 feet long,
10 feet wide, and 10 feet high, using the same gauge?
LESSON XVI COLLECTION OF FARM PRODUCTS Practical Exercises
Try in the
to get small bundles of each of the grains raised
community,
viz.,
wheat, oats, rye, corn, cowpeas,
and any other crop raised for its seed. Pupils should each bring a few culms of these and a collection will soon be made. Each bundle should be labeled as clover,
follows
Name The
of plant.
Date of
seed,
put up
Name
of collector.
accompanied by samples of the
collection should be
mature
collection.
in
bottles
of uniform size,
and
labeled as above.
All the grasses and clovers used as hay lected in the
same way.
may
be
col-
Arrange the exhibit on the wall manner as possible.
or in a frame in as artistic a
A
day could be
set
apart
when
the fruits and vege-
CO
X X UJ
H
FEUIT GEOWING tables, as well as the
can be exhibited. thus making the
57
farm products of the neighborhood,
Awards and prizes might be offered, school a new center of interest in the
community.
As much of the collection as can be made permanent made so and kept at the school during the
should be term.
The
collection
j
and
arrangement
of
this
material
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
58
harvest of apples, peaches, and other fruits ripening in the
autumn
in our neighbors' orchards, to share in this
bounty by planting fruit trees on our own farms.
And
commendable resolution, for fruit is a most wholesome food, and the demands for it in the markets this
is
a
of the world are annually increasing.
Extension of orchards. fields,
— Many
hillsides
and
rolling
poorly adapted to grain culture would produce
profitable orchards of apples, peach, cherry, or smaller
FRUIT GROWING
59
Setting and caring for the orchard. reasons which
we
chard should be
—For
shall not discuss here, the
set
on high, rolling land.
various
young
After a
orsite
has been chosen, the land should be prepared as thor-
oughly as for a corn crop.
If
it is
not practical to plow
and dug for places in which to set It is best to buy trees at least one or two During this month the fruit planting.
the ground, large holes, about four feet in diameter
two the
feet deep, should be little trees.
years old for trees
may
be
set.
Follow the principles of planting
dis-
cussed in Lesson 72, and mulch the trees well with strawy
manure as they go into the winter. Apple trees should be set about forty feet apart each way, and peach trees from eighteen to twenty feet apart. They may be set in squares or in triangles. The triangular arrangement will give more trees to the acre. Just as the young forest described in Lesson 72 is plowed in the spring, so should the young fruit orchard be cultivated,
if possible.
After cultivating the fruit
orchard until the middle of June,
it
should then be sown
cow pea crop, which would act as a winter mulch for that season. Such care, together with the pruning and spraying that is discussed later, will start the young orchard well on the way to fruitfulness. The fruits. The trees may be divided into pome and
to a clover or
—
stone fruits.
The
apple, pear,
and quince are
called
pomes, because they contain a core in which are the seeds.
The cherry, plum, peach, prune, and apricot are
called stone or in a
drupe
hard stony
shell.
fruits,
because the seed
The grape
is
is
enclosed
our only vine
fruit.
LESSONS IN AGRJ CULTURE
60
Of the small fruits the currant, gooseberry, raspberry, blackberry, and dewberry, are commonly called the bush The strawberry is a fruits from their habit of growth. small fruit in a class by
itself.
Picking, marketing, and storing the fruit.
Fig. 21.
the apples
Harvesting Apples
and peaches are
fully pick
gathered for home
to be
use or to be sold on the market,
down and
it is
always best to care-
them from the trees rather than to shake them allow them to become bruised or injured.
Fruit with bruised or broken skin will rot
and
sell
—Whether
for less in the market.
much
sooner,
Apples and peaches
FBUIT GROWING
61
should be picked by hand and placed in baskets by the cool, well ventilated
Apples should be kept in a
pickers.
place until freezing weather before storing in the winter cellar.
Winter apples
will keep
ter condition if each fruit
some
sort.
is
wrapped
longer and in betin thin
paper of
Apples for the market are carefully graded
and packed
in attractive packages, either in barrels or
bushel boxes, and shipped to
and
much
parts of the country
all
to foreign lands.
Practical Exercises 1.
Types of Fruit
Let each pupil take an apple and a pear and ob-
1.
serve the blossom end, opposite the stem.
Here
is
a
This was the base of the
depression called the basin.
apple and pear blossom.
Compare with the blossom
end of the peach or plum.
Explain the difference.
Let each pupil cut the fruits through the center
2.
in a plane perpendicular to the
main stem.
the core, the cells and the seeds.
there?
How
are they arranged?
ment-like walls of the cell?
Make
How many
cells.
Examine cells
are
Observe the parch-
How many
seeds in each
a drawing of the cross section of the pear
or apple. 3.
Compare
the structure of the
with the apple seeds. of the pits. this
lies
or peach pits
shell-like covering
and observe the seed. the embyro, which will grow
Crack the
meaty portion
plum
Note the hard shell
new plant under proper conditions of air, moisture. Draw cross section of the peach.
a
heat,
In into
and
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
62
Answer
the following questions
What What
1. 2.
fruits
have a depression at the blossom end ?
fruits are
more or
less
round
at the blossom
end?
What common fruits have seeds ? What three common fruits have pits? How much space does the core take up
3.
4. 5.
apple
in the
?
How many cells in the core of the apple How do pits and seeds differ in structure ?
6.
?
7.
What
8.
fruit
are the general differen'^es between a
pome
and a drupe fruit?
References:
U.
S.
2.
Dept. Bulletin, No. 178.
Judging and Scoring Apples
Each pupil should bring four or five apples of the same variety to exhibit and use for scoring. The apples should be of standard size, all alike in shape, size, and color. Each apple should be free from insect, or fungous blemish, and as nearly perfect in every respect as it is
possible to find.
obtained, set
it
If only one plate of apples can be
before the class and let each pupil
mark
the score for the apples, using the following score card: Score Card for Judging Apples
Owner of
the exhibit
Points Noted.
Date
FEUIT GROWING
When may
63
single plates or apples are scored, the first point
be graded the full 20 points. Decay
^.
in
Apples
^Select three ripe apples of the
same variety and of
equal degree of ripeness, and bring them before the 1.
class.
Strike against the side of one so as to bruise the
surface but not break the skin. 2. 3.
Bruise the second apple so that the skin
broken.
is
Leave the third apple uninjured. away somewhere in the room
Place the three apples
where they will not be disturbed, and observe the from day to day. 1.
"Which apple decays
results
first?
Of what use is the skin of the apple ? 3. Take two apples of nearly the same size, and weigh both. Peel one and leave the other untouched. Weigh both apples again in twenty-four hours. Which 2.
has lost the most in weight
?
Explain the cause.
If there are no scales in the school, ask
Note.
some
pupil to bring his instrument from his home. Problems 1.
On
our farm
is
an apple orchard of three
acres.
If the trees are 40 feet apart, and are about 15 years
cash return should
old, wiiat
we expect from
the sale
of apples at $3.00 per barrel? 2.
What
orchard,
if
will
it
cost per acre to set out a
we have
to
pay 25c a tree?
young apple
Plant trees in
squares, 36 feet apart. 3.
Deduct from the price received above for apples,
the expenses of spraying, determined in Lesson 73, and
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
64
give the net profit
we
shall
have on our three-acre
or-
chard. References:
Bailey's Principles of Fruit Growing. Farmers' Bulletin, No. 178. Waugh's American Apple Orchard. Farmers' Bulletins, Nos. 113 and 33. Farmers' Bulletin, No. 154.
LESSON XVIII NUT CROPS of as a
—
Nuts are not usually thought farm crop, yet every country boy and girl knows
Value of the nut crop.
autumn time without nuts would charm. Nuts are valuable food. They
that the its
nutritious,
and should always be counted
our winter's
store.
lose
much
are rich
of
and
as a part of
There are several kinds of nut trees
which are highly esteemed as ornamental shade
trees, as
well as for the valuable fruit they yield.
Some
of the leading kinds of nuts are English walnut,
almond, white walnut or butternut, black walnut, hickory nut, pecan, chinquapin, chestnut, hazel nut, cocoanut,
and Brazil nut. Nuts to plant.
— The planting of nut orchards
encouraged on the farm.
is
to be
Several varieties of valuable
nuts, such as the pecan, English walnut,
and hickory nut,
are widely adapted to temperate as well as sub-tropical
and should be planted on more of our farms. The pecan, especially such varieties as Mantura and Appomatox, the English walnut, and the little shell-bark or shag-bark hickory, have been successfully grown as far north as latitude 40°. If the boys and girls who read this lesson would plant a few nut trees this month, they regions,
CLASSIFICATION OF FARM CROPS
G5
would be rewarded, even before they were full grown men and women, by profitable and gratifying returns of a most delicious food. Practical Exercises 1.
Bring
Tabular Study of Nuts
to the school
samples of as
many
different kinds
you can find this month. Fill out the following table from your observation and study of these nuts of nuts as
Kind
of Nut.
|
Reference:
Nature
of Shells.
|
Kind
ol
Kernel.
I
Price in the Markets
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 332,
LESSON XIX CLASSIFICATION OF
FARM CROPS
Outline Beview
By
the end of October all the
farm crops for the year
have been planted and most of them harvested.
It will
be well for us to classify these crops into a few groups
by which they are commonly mentioned. The following outline should be copied into the pupils' note-books, and filled out as indicated I. Those crops which belong to the grass Cereals. family, and whose seeds are made into flour which is used for bread. 1
4
2
5
3
6
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
QQ
Legumes.
II.
Plants with blossoms similar to the
sweet pea and garden pea. 1
4
2
5
3
6
Crops having a slender or fleshy root
Roots.
III.
which
used for food both for
is
1
3
2
4 IV.
An
Tubers.
live stock
and man.
enlarged underground stem, used
for food. 1
2
V.
Bulbs.
petiole,
An
enlarged and thickened leaf-stock or
on which are thickened scale
1
VI.
leaves.
2
:
Fibre Crops.
Any
out of which cloth or rope
plant that furnishes material is
made
is
called a fibre plant.
3
1
2
VII.
Forage Crops.
for a good
many
crops.
The term forage crops is used It usually means those crops
that are used for coarse feed for live stock. 1
4
2
5
3
VIII.
...
6
Miscellaneous Crops.
Various other crops that
cannot be classified with the above. 1
4
2
5
3
6
NOVEMBER On
the
farm.— When the harvest
is
over and the
winter stores are properly put away, we shall look to
We
must decide what stock we The shall keep over winter and what we should sell. barns and sheds must be in good repair, the mows and silos full of feed, and fill conveniences possible provided for the care and feeding of the live stock. The most important work on the farm during the winter months is the stock on our farm.
the care
and feeding of the farm animals.
LESSON XX THE STOCK ON THE FARM The good farmer
He
has learned that
and that
it
costs
animal than
pays to take good care of his
no more in care and feed
to raise a
has also learned that
on the farm.
most cases avoids "scrub" stock.
in it
Farm
it
poor one.
stock,
to raise a
good
The successful farmer
pays to keep plenty of
live stock
animals are kept primarily to sup-
ply the demand for meat, milk, eggs, wool, and to furnish motive power for certain kinds of labor, but they also
make
after year,
possible a larger production of grain year
and a complete
utilization of everything
grown
on the farm, besides returning to the farm a large percentage of the feed in the form of valuable fertilizers. 67
68
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
—
Feeding farm animals. Animals must be fed make them grow, to keep them warm and active, and furnish special products, such as milk, eggs, wool,
to to
etc.
Animals must be fed regularly and with the proper food in sufficient quantities.
storms of
summer and
Shelter against the heat and
the cold of winter must go along
THE STOCK ON THE FAEM sicken,
and
die.
good care of
No one can
it
pays
to take
stock.
Value of good stock. costs
doiiht that
69
—
takes no more
It
room and
no more in food and care to raise a good farm ani-
mal than
it
A
does to raise a "scrub."
scrub cow eats
much hay, takes as much stable room, and requires as much work to care for as a cow of good breeding, and as
Fig. 23. it
A Heed of Jerseys
has been shown that the scrub cow does not pay for
her keep.
A scrub
a scrub cow; for as
much
it
colt or a
eats as
scrub sheep
much
or more,
as a good animal.
And
is
no better than
and
will not sell
a "hazel-splitter"
hog certainly requires as much food and care as a genuine "porker." are convinced that
If the pupils it
who read
this lesson
pays to keep good stock instead of
scrubs, the purpose of the lesson is already attained.
Free Bulletins, U. No. 41. No. 51. No. 64. No. 100.
S.
Dept. of Agriculture
— Fowls: Care and Feeding. — Standard Varieties of Chickens. —Ducks and Geese: Breeds and Management. — Hog Raising in the South.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
70 No. No. No. No.
141. 179. 200. 205.
Extracts.
— Poultry Raising on the Farm. — Horseshoeing. — Turkeys Breeds and Management. —Pig Management. — Some Practical Suggestions for the Suppression and :
No. 1.5. Prevention of Bovine Tuberculosis.
Table showing value of manure, per head, produced, annually by farm animals: Horse
$27.00
Cow Hog
19.00 12.00 2.00
Sheep
Table showing value of manure, per animal, saved annually from animals by the average farmer: Horse $10.00
Cow
6.00 4.00
Hog Sheep
75
Practical Exercises
The practical lessons on farm animals will be given and numbered as separate lessons in this series. Note.
•
LESSON XXI THE DRIVING HORSE
By comparing
the horses Ave see on the road,
observe that there are different forms or types.
we can Some
have a form that enables them to draw a heavy load at a slow pace, while others
drawing
have a form adapted to
light loads at a rapid pace.
These represent
two distinct types, and are called draft horses and driving horses.
In this lesson we are to study the driving horse.
You
will observe that the driving horse has a long graceful
neck, a
narrow
chest, long
body and
legs.
In this horse
THE DRIVING HOESE
71
not so important as in the draft horse.
Speed and endurance seem to be the principal points sought The driving horse varies widely in in the roadster. height and weight. The following points any school boy should recognize weight
is
in a good driving horse
Fig. 1.
The
The dark
color
A General Purpose Horse
24.
is
not so important in this type of horses.
colors are generally preferred.
2.
Geldings are to be preferred.
3.
The horse should be
fifteen to sixteen
hands high
at the withers. 4.
Conformation.
The horse should be harmoni-
LESSONS IN AGKICULTURE
72
ous, unblemished, withers rather low,
and
loins slightly
weak, but powerful croup, thighs, buttocks, legs and hocks are essential.
The neck should be
5.
long, chest large
and deep,
limbs clean and long, and muscles and joints showing graceful prominence.
The animal should have good
6.
life,
and not be
afraid of ordinary objects.
The teacher should study the following score card light horses, and if the proper explanations be
for
.
made, pupils of the eighth grade will be able to mark the card
and
score the horse fairly well
Have a horse before the class for The class should gather about
this lesson.
the horse, with this
book in hand, and opened at the score card. pil
Each pu-
should read each point of the score card, then look
at the horse to see
Mark
how
it
measures up to the description
grade you would give on each point, opposite the perfect grade given on the score card.
given.
lightly with lead pencil the
THE DEIVING HOKSE
73
Score Card for Light Horse PerfectI Score.
Description.
Frame
evenly ——Smooth, Bone clean and
proportioned hard, tendons well deveins prominent, skin and hair fine Temperament Active but kind Head Lean and symetrical Forehead Full and broad Eyes Large, clear, open, and bright Ears Close together, medium in size, pointed to carry well forward Muzzle Clean and fine, nostrils large, lips thin Quality
fined,
— — — — — — and even Neck — Muscular, crest high, windpipe prominent. Shoulders — Long, oblique, well muscled Arms — Short, thrown forward Fore-arms — Long, wide Knees — Wide, straight, and clean Cannons — Short, wide, sinews large Fetlock — Wide, straight degrees. Pasterns — Strong, angle with ground horn dense, frog Feet — Medium and even in large, elastic, bars strong, sole concave, heel wide Legs —Viewed in front, a perpendicular from point of shoulder should cut the center of knee 4.5
size,
cannon, pastern and foot viewed from side, a perpendicular from center of elbow should cut the center of knee and pastern joint and the back of hoof Withers Well finished and muscled at top Chest Deep, low, large Ribs Long, sprung, close
—— — Back — Straight, short, broad, well muscled Loin — Wide, short and thick Underline — Short, straight Hips — Wide, level Croup— Long, wide, muscular Tall — Attached high, well carried Thighs — Muscular, long, and spread Quarters — Deep and heavily muscled Gaskin — Muscular, long and wide Hocks — Clean, wide, straight Cannons — Short, wide, and clean Fetlocks — Wide, straight Pastern — Strong, sloping Feet — Same as fore feet Legs — From behind, perpendicular from point
of
buttock cuts center of hock, cannon, pastern foot; from side, perpendicular from point of hip should fall on center of foot and divide gaskin in the middle and perpendicular from buttock should be parallel with cannon.. Action Walk quick, elastic, trot rapid, straight, regular and high
and
—
4 20 I
Total
.J
^100
Students' I
Score.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
74
LESSON XXII THE DRAFT HORSE Have a
draft horse in the school yard for this lesson.
Note the short
legs,
heavy body,
short,
thick neck,
broad, deep chest and shoulders, strong hocks and rather large joints
and
feet.
With
the draft type weight
A
of the most important considerations.
may weigh from
o^e
The heavy
2,000 pounds.
1,500 to
is
draft horse
horse in harness brings greater power into the collar
than does the light one.
There are several different breeds of draft horses.
The
Pereherons,
Shires are the
Belgians,
common
Clydesdale,
and
English
breeds.
The following points any school boy should recognize in a good draft horse 1.
The
2.
bay, chestnut, brown,
best selling colors are:
roan, black,
and iron gray.
Body conformation,
muscular, short-flanked,
massive, low-set, ample, very cylindrical,
limbs, good feet, good face, ardor, 3.
The horse should be
large
and broad
and endurance.
at least sixteen
hands high
at the withers. 4.
The animal should be sound, and the following
blemishes should always be in mind in examining a horse:
Sweeney,
Spavin, curb, thorough-pin, sidebones, splints,
sprung knees,
faulty
hoofs,
poor eyesight,
string halt, poor wind, parrot mouth, blindness, etc.
The horse should have good life but be gentle. While the horse is present for this lesson, some interesting and profitable measurements may be made. 5.
THE DRAFT HORSE which should teach the pupils
75
recognize good pro-
to
portions in the horse.
Three important points for measurements of the head,
total
are, length
length of the body, and the total
height of the body.
Fig. 25.
A Perciieron Team
Use an ordinary tape measure
in this
part of the
exercise. 1.
The height of the
horse,
from the top of the
withers to the ground. 2.
The height
of the
horse from the hips to the
ground. 3.
to the 4.
Length of the body from the point of the elbow back of the buttock.
The length
It will
of the head.
be found in a horse of good proportions that
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
7C the
three measurements each equal about two and
first
one-half times the length of the head.
we take
If
compare
it
the total length of the horse's head, and
with the body of a well formed horse, we
find that there are
will
most exactly equal
The length
1.
to
from the top of the withers
much
difference between these
measurements, we say that the head neck
is
al-
as follows
it
of the neck
If there is
to the poll.
four other measurements
is
too long or the
too short.
The height of the shoulder from the top of the
2.
withers to the point of the elbow.
The thickness of the body from the middle of If there is a the abdomen to the middle of the back. great variation in these measurements, we say the horse 3.
has poor form.
The width
4.
A
of the
body from one side
to the other.
measurements of
better instrument for taking the
a horse, as suggested by Mr. Harper in the Cornell
Rural School
A
Leaflets, is as follows:
piece of soft
white pine two inches wide, one-half inch thick, and four feet long it,
;
to one
end of
this,
and
at right angles to
tack a similar piece of pine 18 inches long; to the
other end strap loosely an ordinary carpenter's square so that
it
may
slide
back and forth.
Now mark
off
the
long piece into inches, beginning at the inside of the right angle. '
Ay gather your reins and crack And bid your steed go faster He does not know as he scrambles
'
!
That he has a
fool for a master.''
your thong. along.
— Holmes.
THE DEAFT HORSE
77
The Horses' Plea Please give us water often. Please give us a moment's rest on the
Please do not overload us. Please do not use the whip.
^^J
We
way up
the
hill.
are doing our best.
It is
seldom necessary.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTUEE
78
LESSON XXIII THE DAIRY COW For this lesson bring a dairy cow into the school yard, and as the class observes the cow the teacher should speak briefly upon the following points. Cattle are kept for two main purposes for the production of milk and for the production of beef. These two purposes make different demands upon the energies ;
Fig. 27.
A Typical Jersey Cow
of the animal, and thus through many generations of selection and development, there have arisen two types of cattle, the beef form or type, and the milk form or These two forms are not entirely distinct or type. separate, but they tend to merge into intermediate forms. The chief differences that distinguish the beef and
dairy types are 1.
Outline of bodv-
THE DAIRY COW 2.
Depth and smoothness of
3.
Size of udders.
79
flesh.
In the dairy type the general outline of body
wedge-shaped from before backward. a large to
is
is
due
is
to
development of the hind quarters, and sometimes
The height of the animal
low thin shoulders.
hip
This
from one-half
shoulders.
to
The wedge-shaped appearance
is
increased
<jU»^
Fig. 2S.
at the
one inch greater than at the
0g^
a Typical Holsteix Cow
by a large and pendulous abdomen, and by a large and well developed udder.
In the dairy type there
is
less
muscular development and more spare, angular appearance.
The animal may be
fat
enough and
still
present
this spare appearance.
In the dairy type the udder
much
than in the beef type, and the
larger
and
fuller
so-called "milk-veins" stand out prominently.
is
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
80
The dairy breeds are the Jersey, Guernsey, Ayrshire, Holstein, etc.
While the cow
is
before the class the pupils should
each score the animal, using the following score-card,
which explains how the points should be marked: Score Card for Dairy Cows student's
Name
Date Weight .
Age
Breed
IPerfectl Score.
Description.
I
General
— —
Wedge shaped, viewed from front, side and top Hair and skin fine and mellow, skin loose and thin Temperament Nervous Head and Neck Muzzle Large and clean, nostrils large Eyes Large, brilliant full and mild Face Dishing and lean Forehead Broad Bars Medium in size, fine in texture, with no Form
.
I
j
Quality
—
— — — —
—
long,
8 |
|
1
I
1
|
1 I
—— Forequarters Withers — Short, lean and thin Shoulders— Light, lean and oblique
1
Horns Waxy, small, and fine in texture Neck Fine, clean, with little or no dewlap....
— Short, — Deep, Bowel Ribs Legs
straight and
fine
I
Body
Chest
wide, girth large arched, long, and wide apart; stomach large and roomy Back Straight, lean; spines prominent and
—
— wide
apart Loin Broad Navel Large HindquartersHips Far apart,
—— — Rump — Long
level
|
I
level
I
—
I
Pinbones and Thurlis High, prominent Tail Reaching to hocks, fine
wide
apart,
and
—
I
1
I
Thighs— Thin, long
— High and spreading Udder — High behind, extending well Escutcheon
quarters even; udder not fleshy front;
teats
1
|
coarse hair
1
forward
evenly
in
placed;
I
|
|
I
Students' Score.
THE BEEF COW
81
LESSON XXIV THE BEEF COW This lesson should follow Lesson 23, so that the comparison of the two types clearly.
The
may
be brought out more
chief characteristics of the beef
cow are
as follows:
In the beef form the outline of the body approaches the rectangular.
bottom line
is
The general contour of the top and
straight
and
FiG. 29.
parallel,
and the general
Beef Type
mensions of the body approximate those of a brick. the best beef animal the
smoothly covered with
whole body
flesh,
bones are not prominent.
is
is
thickly
In
and
so that the angles of the
The neck
whole body has a rounded appearance. not only
di-
is
short,
and the
In the beef type,
the udder small, but the veins leading
from
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
82 it
are small
and more or
embedded
less
in the surround-
ing muscular and fatty tissue.
The
principg[l
breeds are
:
Aberdeen- Angus, Gallo-
ways, Shorthorn or Durham, Hereford, Sussex,
etc.
Use the following score card and judge the points in the
animal before the
class
Score Card for Beef Cattle student's
Name
Description.
Date
THE BEEF COW
83
LESSON XXV THE SHEEP well to emphasize the study of this
and it would be farm animal. Dis-
cuss the following points about sheep
:
Sheep raising
is
especially profitable,
Fig. 30. 1.
A Southdown Ewe
Sheep are found in almost every
latitude,
and
they can find sustenance and thrive where other animals
can scarcely 2.
are 3.
live.
Sheep provide
among
man
with meat and clothing, and
the most profitable of animals.
Sheep
increase
rapidly,
mature
early,
furnish
wholesome food, and improve the land on which they are pastured.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
84 4.
Sheep are
docile,
rather easily handled, live on
a great diversity of food, and require
any other kind of 5.
less
grain than
live stock.
Enough food
is
wasted on the ordinary farm to
maintain a small flock of sheep.
Sheep may l)e divided into two classes, wool breeds mutton breeds. Of the wool breeds, American and 6.
Fig. 31.
]Merino, Delaine Merino,
A Cotswold Ewe
and Rambouillets are the stand-
ard types.
Of the mutton
breeds. Southdown, Shropshire,
Horned
Dorset, and Cheviot are the standard types.
Open
the fleece of the sheep and observe the clean
skin in which the fibres grow.
These
fibres are so
rough
that they keep the dirt to the outside.
Wool
is
valuable in proportion to the length and
evenness of the fibre and the density of the
Answer the following
questions:
fleece.
THE SHEEP
How many
1.
85
pounds ought a
of
fleece
wool to
weigh ?
Which makes
2.
the better clothing, coarse or fine
wool? 3.
Why
4.
Does cold weather trouble sheep.
are sheep washed before shearing
?
Wet weather?
Use the following score card and mark the score for each sheep before the class Score Card I
Scale of Points.
Age
I
ard.
Teeth
....
Mutton Sheep. Stand- Students'
I
I
A.
— Sheep Score.
I
Fine Wool Sheep. Stand- Students' ard.
I
I
Appearance —Estimated
B. General
Weight
Actual to age
Form,
lbs.
|
I
symmet-
compact,
low,
|
according
lbs.
I
Quality, bone and wool fine Constitution, in girth, as seen
I
and fleece Head and Neck.
skin, C.
Muzzle, Eyes, Face,
size;
bright,
7
10
I
full,
nostrils
whites
clear.] ]
broad
|
erect thick, short
fine,
Neck,
6
thin
lips
short
Forehead, Ears,
I
mouth and
fine;
good
of
6
;
rical
I
'
D. Forequarters. Shoulders, smooth, well covered.] Chest, wide, deep Brisket, thick and carried well
|
I
|
forward
4
|
3
|
LiCgs, straight, short, strong, well set,
arm
full,
shank smooth..
I
J
E. Body.
Back and Loin
I
straight and wide.
I
Ribs well sprung, deep
Flanks
making
low,
I
straight
underline
Length Yolk
good
Total
Animal Owner. Date.
.
|
|
Hips well apart, smooth long, level, wide Thighs full Twist plump, deep Legs straight, short, strong; shank smooth G. Wool. soft,
|
3
I
I
Rump
fine,
S
4
|
F. Hindquarters.
Quality Density
3
clean,
i
4 .5 .5
!
I
4
|
3
even....
3 3 3
great I
I
1
100
I
Breed Student .
Grade
of Stud.ent
I.
Score.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
86
LESSON XXVI THE HOG For
this lesson go to see
some good breed of hogs, or
have a good specimen brouglit to the school yard.
The
first
point to mention
adaptation to the
and and
the hog's structural
is
he leads.
life
The skeleton
is
heavy
low, allowing great accumulation of weight in flesh fat.
The snout
and the eyes are
is
set
strong and tough for rooting,
below the
ears,
indicating his
ground-feeding habits.
The chief value of the hog is its production of meat, and if properly cared for, it will bring the farmer more money than any animal on the farm. The most desirable type of hog has short legs, ^eavy shoulders, small dished head, straight back and straight under-lines, and heavy hams. The "razor back" hogs are very unprofitable, and will not gain so rapidly under feeding.
The following are some standard breeds of hogs 5. Poland-China 1. Chester White 2.
Yorkshire
6.
Duroc-Jersey
3.
Tamworth
7.
Cheshire
4.
Berkshire
8.
Victoria.
Hogs pens.
will
do better when kept as
But when they are kept
most important
to
little
as possible in
in pens, cleanliness
is
reduce the danger of disease.
Score the hog, using the following
marking the points
score-card
and
THE HOG
87
—Hog
Score Card
I
[Standard
Scale of Points.
|
Students' Score
GENERAL APPEARANCE — 30 1.
Points: score according to age deep, broad, low, long, symmetrical,
Weight,
2.
Form
3.
compact, standing squarely on legs Quality, hair silky; skin fine; bone fine; mellow covering of flesh, free from lumps
and wrinkles 4.
deep, even covering of Hesh, region of valuable cuts mild, quiet S Points: Snout, medium length, not coarse Eyes full, mild, bright cially
5.
espe-
Condition,
in
Temperament
HEAD AND NECK— 6. 7.
8. 9.
10. 11.
Face short, cheeks full Ears fine, medium size, attached neatly Jowl strong, nest broad, firm
Neck
thick,
medium
length,
smooth
to
shoulder
FOREQUARTERS— 12 12. 13. 14.
Points: Shoulder broad, deep, full, compact on top
Breast advanced, wide Legs straight, short, strong;
bones
clean;
pasterns upright; feet medium size Points: Chest deep, broad, large girth and close full; ribs lengthy, Sides deep, well sprung Back broad, straight, thickly and evenly
BODY — 32 1.5.
16. 17.
fleshed
Loin wide, thick, straight Belly straight, even HINDQUARTERS 18 Points: 15. 19.
20. 21.
—
Hips wide apart, smooth
Rump
long,
level,
wide,
evenly
fleshed,
straight
22. 23.
Ham
fleshed, plump, full, deep. wide.. Legs straight, short, strong; bone clean, pasterns upright; feet medium size iieavily
Total
Animals Student
Answer the following questions: 1. At what age marketed? 2.
Average weight then?
3.
Average price?
4.
Symptoms of hog cholera? Good preventives?
5. 6.
pay
At the present price
of corn
and hogs, would it it by the bushel?
better to feed corn to hogs or sell
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
88 7. 8.
9.
How
How many
and what breeds in your community
Do hogs like pasture ? What do hog raisers expensive
cattle or horses
is
generally
this feed as
?
feed the hogs?
compared with feed for
?
Problems
A
cow requires about 4 feet by 9 feet floor space for a stall, with 4 feet by 3 feet additional for a manger. 1.
How much
floor space will be required for
Fig. 32. 2.
Will
it
A Poland-China
'Prize
20 cows?
Winner
be better to stand the cattle in one long
row, or in two rows of 10 each? 3.
two rows, would you have them face each
If in
other with the 4.
What
coAvs in
face the wall?
Why?
dimensions of a barn for 20
two rows of 10 each, using the
in the first 5.
manger between, or
will be the
floor space given
problem?
Draw
a plan of this barn with cows facing each
THE HOG
89
With the cows facing the wall. What are the advantages and disadvantages of each plan? other.
How many
6.
feet of 2-inch
plank will
Find
lay the floor in this barn?
cost of
take to
it
same at
$25.
per thousand.
What
7.
will be the cost of a
cement
floor for
same at
10 cents per square foot?
Will "scrub" cattle require the same room?
8.
In the following examples do not forget to add
Note.
the value of the
manure produced
to the values of the
product
hay worth $6 per
ton,
1,000 lbs. of ground feed worth 80 cents per ewt.,
and
cow
If a
9.
eats 3 tons of
pasture amounting to $5 in a year, what does
farmer
to
it
cost a
Will a "scrub" cow cost as
keep a cow?
much? 10.
A
"scrub" cow
will give 15 lbs. of milk,
worth
80 cents per cwt., daily for 300 days in the year, and
worth
raise a calf
$3.
What
is
the farmer's profit on
her? 11.
A
Jersey cow will give 25
the same time
and
raise
lbs.
of milk daily for
a calf worth $5.
What
is
the farmer's profit on her? 12.
How much
than on the 13.
If
it
' '
scrub
more does he make on the Jersey ' '
?
costs 2 tons of hay,
worth of pasture annually
40 bu. of oats and $6
to raise a colt,
cost to raise a horse 4 years old with
and
oats at 30 cents per bu.
?
hay
what does
it
at $5 per ton
LESSONS IN AGEJCULTURE
90
A
14.
farmer
A
15.
"scrub"
coach horse will bring $150 instead.
If
it
is
the
takes 3 tons of hay worth $6 per ton, 50
worth 25 cents per
bu. oats
bu.,
and $10 worth of pasture
keep 10 sheep for a year, what
of wool worth 20 cents per
weight about 50
cwt.,
What
what
lbs.
is
the cost per head?
will shear about
If one ''scrub" sheep
17.
will
What
Which
profitable animal?
16.
to
the
and how much!
has the farmer gained or lost on this colt ?
more
Has
bring about $80.
colt will
lost or gained,
lb.,
and
raise a
4
lbs.
lamb that
and bring about $3.50 per farmer?
will the entire flock return to the
Will he gain or
will each sheep return?
lose,
and how much ? 18.
If of a good breed, each sheep will shear about
8 lbs. of wool
and
raise a
worth $5 per
cwt.,
what
lamb weighing about 70 will this flock return?
lbs.,
Wh^t
will each sheep return? 19.
How much
per head will be the farmer's gain
on a well-bred flock ? 20.
bu. six
If
it
takes 12 bu. of corn worth 35 cents per
and $3 worth of other feed months old, what is the
to raise a pig until
it is
of the pig to
the
cost
farmer ? 21. If a "scrub," it will weigh about 125 lbs. at six months and bring $4 per cwt. Will the farmer gain oi
lose? 22.
If a Poland-China,
it
and be worth $4.75 per cwt. Will the farmer gain or
lose,
will
weigh about 200
What
is
lbs.
the pig worth?
and how much?
FEEDS AND FEEDING 23.
How much
more
91
will the blooded pig bring
on
the market than the scrub?
LESSON XXVII FEEDS AND FEEDING Purposes of feeding.
—We
live stock to repair the
have learned that we feed
waste in their bodies, to make
them grow, to keep their bodies warm, to furnish energy for work, and to make special products milk, eggs, wool, and the like. All animals wear out their muscles by work and exercise, and must have food to repair this waste or they will grow thin and poor. The harder the horses work, the more they must be fed. Young animals that are growing must not only eat to repair the waste, but they must have food to make them grow larger. The bodies of animals are kept warm by the food they eat. The strength of the horse and its power to do work must come from the food it eats. The food builds up the muscles, and strong muscles are necessary for work. Just as the fuel and water make the engine go, so food furnishes the heat and energy to "make the mare go." In
—
addition to
all
these reasons for food, the dairy
have food out of which to make milk. gets
When
cow must
the pasture
"short" in the summer, we notice the milk supply So, too, the sheep must have an extra supply
runs low.
of food out of which to special food
from which
make wool, and the hen to make eggs.
Kinds of food needed.
—Farm
factory, producing materials that
requires
animals are a sort of
we
need.
The horse
LESSORS IN AGRICULTURE
93
a power house
cow is a milk factory the sheep, a wool factory; the hen, an egg factory, and the hog, a meat factory. In order to get these products from our animal factories, we must feed them the raw materials from which they can make these products. Herein lies the problem of the whole system of stock feeding. The farmer must determine the best and most economical food is
;
the
;
produce the desired results. Foods are divided into three classes: fats, protein, and carbohydrates. The following are examples of these to be used in order to
foods
Fat meats, butter, under the
example of protein.
and all kinds of The white of an egg
lard,
class of fats.
The
oils, is
come
the best
sticky part of flour, the princi-
pal part of cheese, lean meat, glue, hides, hair, wool, and
and vegeThe fats are usually included under carbohydrates also, and may thus be feathers, are largely protein.
Starch, sugar,
table fibre are the carbohydrates.
considered in these lessons. Carbohydrates are foods containing carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen in combination.
The protein foods
differ
from the carbohydrates
in that
they contain nitrogen in addition to other elements.
—
Balanced rations, All the common stock foods have more or less of the three kinds of materials mentioned above fats, protein, and carbohydrates. A balanced ration is one that has the proper amount of protein and
—
carbohydrates to secure the animal product desired.
The balanced ration usually given for a dairy cow and a work horse is one in which there is about six
FEEDS AND FEEDING times as
much carbohydrates
93
A
as protein.
"wide"
a
"narrow"
The
ration, less.
how much dry
lesson shows
table at the
of the
Special uses foods
make
bone, blood,
different
If muscle
for the body.
foods must be fed.
foods.
is
and
stuffs.
— The
protein
The carbohydrates
and muscles.
are the fat producing foods.
end of the
matter, fats, protein,
carbohydrates are in the different feeding
ra-
and
tion contains a larger proportion of carbohydrates,
Carbohydrates make heat
to be built up,
then protein
upon corn
If the horses are fed only
and timothy hay in the summer, they are getting too much fat and heat producing food, and not enough musCorn and timothy are rich in carcle forming food. bohydrates. Oats and clover hay are rich in protein food material. In the spring it is muscle and energy that is wanted and not heat and fat. Protein foods are also required to produce wool, milk, and eggs. Young growing animals should be fed plenty of protein food, with mineral matter in
foods there
is
it,
form bone and muscle.
to
plenty of carbohydrates; the difficulty
to get the protein food in the
find the total stuff,
as
amount
proper balanced ration.
much
One pound of fat pound
heat as one
"nutritive ratio" bohydrates.
To
total
and add
will
produce
to the car21/4
times
carbohydrates.
The
the proportion of protein to car-
find the nutritive ratio of
amount of carbohydrates amount of protein.
divide the total
by the
is
21/1,
of
is
To
any feeding
of carbohydrate in
multiply the fats given by
bohydrates.
In most
any
ration,
in the ration
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
94
Practical Exercises
Note.
The
practical exercises on this subject follow
as separate lessons.
LESSON XVIII TEST FOR FOOD COMPOUNDS To
(a)
test for the
bohydrates as corn,
presence of starch in such car-
oats,
pour over them a
seeds,
wheat, or rye, pulverize a few little
boiling water, let stand
a short time, and add a drop of iodine.
If the seeds
contain starch the water will turn blue or black in a short time. tected
If the seeds contain sugar
it
may
be de-
by chewing them slowly and thoroughly.
A
sweet taste will indicate the presence of sugar.
To
(b)
test for protein,
kernel of corn and scorch off
remove the germ from a on the
it
stove.
the odor like that of burning feathers,
protein.
If it
it
gives
contains
Test other seeds
All seeds contain protein.
for protein. (c)
To
test for fats or oil,
piece of clean white paper.
ing careful not to scorch
it.
crush seeds or nuts on a
Heat the paper gently, beThe grease spot that ap-
pears will indicate the presence of It
oil.
might be a profitable exercise
of feeding stuffs,
carbohydrates.
and
classify
them
to
make
collections
into fats, protein,
and
RATIONS FOR FARM ANIMALS
95
LESSON XXIX DETERMINING RATIONS FOR FARM ANIMALS The following formula
illustrates the
method of
find-
ing the nutritive ratio
Carbohydrates+ ( fat X 2.25 :=nutritive ratio.
protein
For example, suppose we wish ratio of the following ration:
to find the nutritive
(Horse weighing 1,000
pounds, doing medium work.)
Timothy hay
15 pounds
Corn
10 pounds
Cotton-seed meal
3
pounds
Solution
In 100 pounds of timothy hay there
dry matter, fat.
2.8
protein,
(See table below.)
In 15 pounds hay there are 15-100 of 86.8 dry matter, 13.02 pounds. 15-100 of 2.8 protein, .42 pounds. 15-100 of 43.4 carbohydrates, 6.51 pounds.
15-100 of 1.4
fat, .21
pounds.
In 10 pounds corn there are 10-100 of 89.1 dry matter, 8.91 pounds. 10-100 of 7.9 protein, 7.9 pounds.
10-100 of 66.7 carbohydrate, 6.67 pounds. 10-100 4.3
fat, .43
is
43.4 carbohydrates,
pounds.
In 3 pounds cotton-seed meal there are 3-100 of 91.5 dry matter, 2.74 pounds. 3-100 of 38.1 protein, 1.14 pounds.
86.8 lbs.
and
1.4
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
96
3-100 of 16.0 carbohydrate, .48 pounds. 3-100 of 12.6
fat, .378
pounds. I
I
Timothy, 15
lbs
Corn, 10 lbs Cottonseed meal, 3 lbs.
Dry matter 13.02
I
I
1
Protein
|
Carbohydrate
RATIONS FOE FAEM ANIMALS Free Bulletins, U.
S.
97
Dept. of Agriculture
Farmers' Bulletins. No. 22. The Feeding of Farm Animals. No. 36. Cotton Seed and Its Products. No. 49.- Sheep Feeding. No. 58. The Soy Bean as a Forage Crop. No. 170. The principles of Horse Feeding.
— — — — —
Protein and Carbohydrates in Feed
Pounds per Bushel.
Kind of Food. Dry peas Rye
Protein.
Carbohydrates.
10
32
5
39
Barley
4
32
Corn
31/2
40
Oats
3
19
Table showing approximate amounts of protein and carbohydrates required daily by farm animals of average size:
Animal.
Protein.
Carbohydrates.
Dairy cow
2
lbs.
12
lbs.
Work
2 lbs.
12
lbs.
horse
Calves under 1 year .... Pigs,
growing
Lambs, growing
1
lb.
1/2
lb.
6 lbs. 2i/'2
1-5 lb.
lbs.
1 lb.
Note: This amount varies with the
size
and age
of
Fattening stock can be profitably fed a
the animal.
greater allowance of carbohydrates in the form of grain, like
corn and barley. Problems
1.
With
How many oats at
tein cost per 2.
pounds of protein
in a bushel of oats?
30 cents per bushel, what does
this pro-
pound, disregarding the carbohydrates ?
How many
pounds protein
in a bushel of barley?
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
98
With barley form
in this 3.
44 cents per bushel, what does protein
at
cost per
Wliich
pound ?
How
the cheaper feed at these prices?
is
much ? 4.
What
pound
the cost per
is
of protein in rye at
60 cents per bushel? 5.
What
the cost per
is
pound of protein
in corn at
35 cents per bushel? 6.
7.
At the above prices which is the cheapest feed? Which is probably the best feed for fattening
purposes ? 8.
Why
Suppose
?
all
kinds of hay
What
of $8 per ton.
is
in each of the four kinds of 9.
Which
How
why? ration 11.
pound
hay given above?
is
the best kind of straw to feed, and
do we find the "nutritive ratio"?
the nutritive ratio of clover hay?
is
the uniform price
the cheapest feed?
is
What
10.
sell at
the price of protein per
Is
it
What
a balanced
?
Find the
nutritive value of all the feeds given
in the tables. 12.
Which
are most nearly "perfect" feeds
which have a ratio of about 6 18.
Which
lowest ratio of protein ? 14.
Which
i.
?
—
i. e.,
which have the
,
?
Are any
of the feeds given in the table so poor
that, in themselves, they are practically worthless? so,
e.,
are the feeds having the largest propor-
tion of proteins 15,
to 1
are the poorest feeds
—
name them.
If
EATIONS FOE FARM ANIMALS Illustration.
— One
protein and 880
Let us mix
up
it
lbs.
ton of mixed hay contains 88 carbohydrates.
Its ratio is 1 to 10.
We
shall try peas.
ground peas with every hundred lbs.
hay contain
60
lbs.
peas contain.
lbs.
mixed contain.
We lbs.
44
4.4 .
.
.
shall feed
of hay.
Carbohydrates.
Protein.
Feed.
100 160
lbs.
with some other feed to bring the ratio
to ahout 1 to 6.
1 bu. of
99
.'
10.
32
.
14.4
76
Dividing weight of carbohydrates by that of protein (76 by 14.4) we get a ratio of about 1 to 5. We have more protein than we need. Let us try again with i/^ bu. of peas instead.
Feed.
Carbohydrates.
Protein.
100
lbs.
hay contain
4.4
44
30
lbs.
peas contain. ...
5.
16
130 lbs. mixed contain. 9.4 60 Again dividing (60 by 9.4) we get 6.3, about right, and a much cheaper feed. Now, how much of this ration shall we feed to a dairy cow? The table shows us that a cow needs about 2 lbs. protein daily, so this will be about enough for five days. One-fifth of each feed will .
give us as a result 20 lbs. of
.
hay and
6 lbs. of peas for
the daily ration. 16.
With
the ration given in the illustration,
how
long will a ton of hay last a cow? 17.
How many
bushels of ground peas will be re-
quired in the same time? 18.
What
will it cost to feed the
with hay at $7 per ton and peas
cow for
at $1
this time
per bushel?
LE8S0NS IN AGETCULTURE
100
Suppose she gives 25 pounds of milk daily on
19.
this
With milk
ration.
gained 20.
at $1.20 per
what
cwt.,
is
1
Make
a ration of clover hay and corn in the
same way and figure
its cost.
LESSON
XXX
THE DAIRY Dairy products. butter,
and
—The products of the dairy are milk,
cheese.
There
child in the civilized world in
is
scarcely a man,
who
woman, or
does not use every day
some form the products of the dairy. The farmer who
has only one cow, and uses her milk for butter or for drinking, has a dairy, but as places
we usually think of dairies in stables and fed all their
where cows are kept
feed in mangers and milked to supply a city popula-
However, most of the milk is produced on farms, and a large part of the butter is made there also. The use of the cream separator is increasing on the farm. By this machine the cream is separated from the milk soon after it is brought from the cow, and only the cream need be hauled to the factory, if the farmer is selling it. The cream separator enables the farmer to get more butter than by any other method. Cleanliness. In the dairy the most important item is cleanliness. There is probably no other item of food more difficult to keep clean than milk. The dirt which we eat in milk and butter would astonish us, if we
tion.
—
could see
it
separated. Good, pure, sweet milk
is
essen-
THE DAIRY tial
101
both for health and for profit on the market.
Bad
and bad odors in milk are caused by the cows and
flavors
eating improper food and drinking impure water,
by uncleanliness on the part of the dairyman in handling the milk.
Essentials milk.
—In
in
speak of
shall
caring
for
we
another lesson
plants
little
which live at the roots of the legumes and take nitrogen from the air called bacteria,
make
to help
In
learn
the plant food.
lesson
this
of
we
another
are
kind
bacteria living in milk
causing
it
first place,
to
sour.
to
of
and
In the
milk sours because
bacteria from the air fall into it,
begin
to
grow,
and
soon change the sugar of the
Fig. 33.
A Cream Sefabatob
milk to an acid.
These bacteria are in the
on
air, in
water, in barn dust,
and on the cow. They are most plentiful in sour milk, and if we should pour a little sour milk into the fresh milk the latter would sour more quickly. The same thing happens when people put fresh milk bits of hay,
into poorly cleaned pails.
It follows that all utensils
used in the dairy should be thoroughly scalded so as to Mil all the germs that cause the milk to sour quickly.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
102
Not only do these germs, which cause the souring of the milk, get into it, but the germs of consumption and typhoid fever will also live in milk, and thus endanger the health and lives of all who drink it. The following precautions in the care of milk should be
who supply 1.
known
to all
us with this valuable food:
Avoid pitching hay or making beddings or sweep-
ing in the barn soon before milking time,
if
the cows
are to be milked in the barn, for more germs fall into the milk if the air 2.
is full
of dust.
The milker should wear clean clothes, should have and should never wet his hands with
clean hands,
the milk.
For greater
and safety the milkman should curry the sides of the cow, and moisten the parts nearest him to prevent dust from falling from the cow 3.
cleanliness
into the milk.
The
few streams of milk from each teat should be thrown away, because the milk at the mouth 4.
first
of the teat has been exposed to the air,
and 5.
is full
of germs,
will cause the rest of the milk to sour sooner.
Every
vessel used in the handling of the
milk
should be scrupulously clean.
The surface of the milk should not be left exposed any place where dust and germs may fall into it. 7. To test for formalin in milk, add a few drops of ferric chloride, then pour sulphuric acid into the milk, letting it run down the side of the glass. A purple 6.
to the air of the cellar, living rooms, or
THE DAIRY
103
and
color at the junction of the milk
acid,
indicates
the presence of formalin. 8.
Promptly
cool
and aerate the milk
to prevent de-
velopment of bacteria. 9.
The cows should be healthy,
especially as related
to tuberculosis.
10.
The
stables should be well lighted
and
ventilated.
Courtesy Edgewood Farm. Fig. 34.
A Model Cow Barn
Testing and selecting the cows.
— The
butter that
milk will produce comes from the butter-fat that tains.
It
is,
each cow of a herd test well in butter
abundant in quantity. her board
bill
it
therefore, important that the milk fat,
as well as be
In general, no cow
whose milk
tests
much
one which
less
con-
from
is
paying
than 3 per cent
giving less than
of butter-fat; neither
is
twelve pounds daily.
Every farmer should own a good
is
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
10-i
in order to get the maximum amount and butter-fat that the herd produces, and of cream also a Babcock tester, to ascertain whether his cows are
cream separator,
A
yielding the highest percentage of butter-fat. cussion of the
Babock
dis-
tester will follow in the practical
exercises. Practical Exercises
Note
.
The practical
exercises for this lesson follow
as separate lessons in the series.
LESSON XXXI COMPOSITION OF MILK Learn the following
facts about milk:
Milk consists of about seven-eighths water and oneeighth substances in solution in the water, or floating in
it
in very small particles.
to learn that so large a
This
is
true
ilot
You may
be surprised
proportion of milk
only of milk but of
many
is
water.
of our most
important foods.
The constituents of milk are often referred water and ash.
A
total solids
;
fat, casein,
to
as
albumen, sugar, and
chemist can separate these substances with great
accuracy, but by the following methods
we can make
a
gross analysis: 1.
in a
Leave a
warm
little
place.
milk in a saucer for a short time
The water
will evaporate
and leave
the solids in dry form. 2.
Separation of
fat.
Let a quart of fresh milk
quietly stand in a shallow pan, in a cool place, until
a layer of cream gathers at the top.
This cream
is
COMPOSITION OF MILK
105
formed by the rising of tiny globules of butter-fat, which were distributed evenly through the fresh milk. The fat is so much lighter than the liquid in which it in about floats that it will rise in the cream layer This fat
twelve hours.
a constituent of butter and
some forms of cheese.
of
Separation of casein.
3.
<^^
o o ;
»
is
oo
o
Add
a few drops of acid,
o ^^ 6-/^-6s6 8&-;o°°°ofc^ Oo'°-t::^' o
o
/6
o °-^
?
^ Pure. PIG. 35.
'-°
bo
°o
Cuunenu a.
«•
uf B. F..Johnson b.
'^
^
Pub. Co.
Bacteria.
Pure and Impure Milk
Soon it will vinegar will do, to the skimmed milk. hundred one Gently warm it now to about thicken. degrees and carefully break the thickened surface with a knife, and the skimmed milk will be seen to separate
and whey. Now strain through a cloth, and the casein will remain in the cloth, while the whey, into curd
passes through.
This casein
is
one of the principal
parts of cheese. 4.
to
Separation of albumen.
160 degrees Fahrenheit.
Slowly heat the whey
It will
become cloudy and
soon a soft jelly-like substance will collect on the sur-
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
106
face.
This
is
the albumen.
This can
now
be separated by straining. 5.
men
whey from which
the albu-
has been separated, place in a saucer
and warm gently evaporated.
This
Take a small
Separation of sugar.
quantity of the
is
A
until the water has been
dry
substance
remains.
about seven-eighths milk-sugar and
one-eighth ash.
i:;
6.
Separation of ash.
not be
It will
and sugar in Heat the mixture in a dish or on the stove cover, and allow to burn as
possible to separate the ash
pure form.
Fig. 36.
87 per cent 29.93 oz.
a Quart of Milk Sugar Albumen
The Constituents of
Fat
Water
4 per cent 1.38 oz.
Casein 2.6 per cent .89 oz.
.7
per cent .24 oz.
5 per cent 1.72 oz.
.7
Ash per cent .24 oz.
it will. The small residue left is the milk ash. (Adapted from Cornell Rural School Leaflet.)
long as
THE BABCOCK TEST
107
LESSON XXXII THE BABCOCK TEST Babcock The lesson
If the school can not be provided with a tester, this lesson will is
have to be omitted.
such an important one, and the ownership of a Bab-
cock
by
tester
would
such
be
valuable
thing for the whole nity, that the teacher
make every
school
the a
commushould
effort to get the
material for this lesson.
Because of
simplicity,
its
accuracy, and ease of operation, the
Babcock
come the standard
test
has beOpCQ.
test for de-
termining the value of milk
and cream
as delivered to the
cheese
factories,
and
milk stations over this
all
creameries,
country.
Complete
directions
for
using come with every machine,
and
it
will not be nec-
essary to give
them
here.
Closed.
Ob-
serve great care for accuracy.
FIG.
37.
A Babcock Tester
Have some pupil bring a sample of milk from one of the cows at home. The sample should be taken after the milking is done, and the milk has been poured two or three times
from one
vessel to another so as to be
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
108
Take about a half cupful as a samand put it into a clean bottle. From this bottle the sample is drawn for testing, after mixing the contents thoroughly mixed.
ple
of the bottle thoroughly.
Having determined the per cent of butter-fat in the sample, an estimate can be made of the total amount of butter-fat in a gallon of milk. (A gallon weighs 81/4
pounds.)
Make many its
richness.
tests of the
A
pound
same cow's milk
to
determine
of butter-fat should make, in
ordinary practice, about 1.1 pounds of butter, and the pupils can compare the price paid for butter and for the butter-fat,
if sold at
which method of If the school
the creameries,
and determine
sale is better. is
in a dairy district, this lesson will
furnish work for several weeks, and be profitable to
patrons as well as to pupils. Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept, of Agriculture Farmers' Bulletins. No. 29.— Souring of Milk and Other Changes Products.
No. 42. No. 55. No. 57. No. 63. No. 151. No. 166. No. 201.
— Facts about Milk. — The Dairy Herd: Its Formation —Butter Making on the Farm. — Care of Milk on the Farm. —Dairying the South. — Cheese Making on the Farm. — The Cream Separator on Western
in
Milk
and Management.
in
Farms.
Problems 1.
How many
pounds of butter-fat
in 5,000
pounds
of milk that tests 4 per cent? 2.
A
farmer owns a herd of 15 cows that average
24 pounds of milk per head daily. of milk does he get in six
How many
pounds
months (thirty days each)
?
THE BABCOCK TEST
and butter-fat
If this milk tests 3.5 per cent,
3.
109 is
worth 25 cents per pound, what does he receive monthly How much per head? for his milk?
A
4.
farmer has a herd of 20 cows.
the
week weighs
422
lbs.,
417
420
as follows:
432
lbs.,
lbs.
and 423
The milk for
418
lbs., lbs.,
lbs.,
408
tests 5 per cent of butter-fat, the price of which
How much
cents per pound.
lbs.,
respectively. is
It
30
do the cows average per
head in money for this week. 5.
A
farmer hauls 43,250
per cent to a factory. cents per pound. 6.
A
•
How
farmer owns
Bos, Kate
lbs.
of milk that tests 3.8
The price of butter-fat is 26 much money should be receive? six
cows: Bess, Spot, Brindle,
and Red.
Bess
gives 22 lbs. of milk daily, which tests 3.8%,
Spot
gives 15
lbs.
of milk daily, which tests 4.2%,
Brindle
gives 30
lbs.
of milk daily, which tests 3.0%,
Bos
gives 20
lbs.
of milk daily, which tests 3.0%,
Kate
gives 14
lbs.
of milk daily, which tests 3.2%,
Red
gives 24 lbs. of milk daily, which tests 5.2%.
Figure out the dairy value of each.
cow ?
The poorest one ?
Classify
Which
them
is
the best
in order of dairy
value. 7.
Figure out the number of pounds of milk given
by each cow in a month, and the value of fat at 25 cents 8.
it
in butter-
per pound.
Three herds of ten cows each are compared The lbs. of milk each daily and the :
Friesians average 30
scrub herd averages 10
;
lbs. daily.
The Jerseys
test 5.4
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
110
per cent; the Holstein-Friesians test 3.2 per cent; and the scrubs test 3 per cent.
Which
the more valuable
is
herd? 9.
With
butter-fat at 30 cents per pound,
what
is
the monthly average per cow of each herd?
LESSON XXXIII POULTRY Poultry-raising as a business.
—Much
is
being writ-
ten in the farm journals and popular magazines about
poultry
raising,
and
many
"get-rich-quick" schemes
are proposed through various systems.
poultry interest comes to naught.
Much
of this
Nevertheless, poul-
try, if properly handled, will yield large returns,
on the farm and
in
the
city
has not been given sufficient attention on
can farms.
both
Poultry raising
lot.
many Ameri-
Fresh eggs and well-fattened young fowls
are always in demand, and bring a high price on the
The proceeds from the sale of eggs and poultry are no small item of the farm income. Poultry raising is a profitable business when thoughtfully and market.
intelligently pursued.
Care of poultry.
— The care of poultry, as in the case
of other farm animals,
ing and shelter.
When
must include the proper feedfowls are left to roam and seek
their food at will, they will get a balanced ration
the seeds and insects, and need but this line.
little
among
care along
If they are confined, however, the food
be studied and properly provided.
must
They must be fed
POULTEY
111
They must have access to grit, oyster shells, charcoal, sand, ground bone and the like, to be used in grinding their food, and out of which to make egg shells. They must have food rich enough in protein, such as meat scraps, skim-milk, alfalfa meal, scratch-food, and table-scraps. Green foods like beets, cabbage, turnips, and silage should be given them in the winter. They should have an abundance of fresh egg-producing foods.
Fig.
water.
38.
Hens fed
because corn
is
Colony Poultry Houses
entirely on corn will not lay well,
a fat
and heat-producing
food,
and eggs
made mostly of protein food. The poultry houses. Two systems of housing fowls are in use by poultry men and farmers ( 1 ) The colony house, and (2) the continuous apartment house. Each are
—
:
system has
its
advantages.
Expensive poultry houses
are not necessary for success with poultry.
The
chief
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
112
A
requirements are: (1) should
face,
well-drained
soil.
are thus shut otf and the most sunshine Cleanliness
Houses
(2)
the south or southeast, as the coldest winds is
secured. (3)
Houses should be
absolutely necessary.
is
constructed so that they can be sprayed or whitewashed
The
easily.
best
method
is
to
have every thing remov-
and sunshine can be used as cleansing agents when necessary. Feed hoppers, nest racks and other appliances should hang on the wall able so that scalding water
or stand on blocks.
(4)
Ventilation should be secured
by open-front houses or by some ventilator of approved design. (5) There should be no draft on the either
Perches should be placed in the most
fowls at night.
protected parts of the
house.
Since exercise
(6)
and for
necessary, both for egg production
place for scratching should be provided
they can get to dry dirt and wallow in a sort of insect powder, filling pores,
up the
and thus keeps the chickens
chickens
may
is
health, a
— a place where
it.
Dust
acts as
insects' breathing
free
from
lice.
The
be forced to exercise by scratching in
chaff or straw for their food, or
jumping for
bites of
cabbage or beets hanging over them.
will
—
The varieties of fowls selected for depend largely on the purposes for which
Breeds of fowls.
farm use
they are grown.
Breeds such as the Leghorns and
Minorcas are desirable for their laying qualities; the
Brahmas and Cochins,
for their
meat and the Plymouth ;
Rock, the Wyandottes, and the Orpingtons, for general purposes, giving good returns both as layers and for
meat production.
The
bulletins
named below
will be
POULTRY of value to the student,
and
to
113 the practical poultry
raiser.
Free Bulletins, U.
S.
Dept. of Agriculture
Farmers' Bulletins. No. 51. Standard Varieties of Chickens. No. 64. Ducks and Geese, Breeds, and Management. No. 141. Poultry Eaising on the Farm. No. 177. Squab Raising. No. 200. Turkeys, Varieties, and Management.
— — — — —
Fig. 39.
Hens Need Shade During Hot Summer Problems
A
1.
flock of 60
With eggs worth 15
hens average 80 eggs a year each.
what
cents per dozen,
is
the value
of these eggs? 2.
How many
cents per bushel 3.
of oats
Suppose
?
it
bushels of corn will this
Of
oats at 25 cents
buy
at 40
?
takes only 12 bushels of corn, 5 bushels
and $7 worth of other food
to
keep this flock for
one year, besides what they pick up for themselves.
What
is
the profit over
and above the
cost of the feed?
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
114
What would have
4.
been the profit
laid 120 eggs each, instead of 80
Ask pupils
5.
if
they had
?
furnish data for at least twenty-
to
other similar problems.
LESSON XXXIV 1.
Have lesson
many
A STUDY OF FEATHERS
a fowl in the schoolroom a few hours before the
is
Encourage the children
given.
to find out as
facts as they can for themselves before the school
opens for work.
Direct the observations of the pupils
by a few questions, as the kind of feathers the location of the different kinds any part of the body not covered :
;
;
with feathers.
which boy or
from
At
Suggest a girl
his observation of the feathers of the fowl. class time, the teacher
the coop and hold
and injury. 1.
competition by asking
little
can give the greatest number of facts
Have
it
should remove the fowl from
firmly by the legs to prevent fright
Allow the children
to
come near.
the pupils feel the difference between the
heat of the fowl's body beneath the feathers and on the
Explain.
outside of the feathers.
Bring out the point
that the feathers are non-conducting.
does this serve the fowl 2.
Spread the wings and
feather sections
and
tail,
may
What purpose
?
tail
be seen.
so that the different
Note that in the wing
one feather overlaps the other so that eacn
feather braces the other in flight. 3.
Observe
the
lighter
wing
feathers
(the
sec-
STUDY OF FEATHERS
115
ondaries) tucked under the heavier feathers (the pri-
What
maries).
Fig
Showing 2.
Breast.
primary. 10.
their
Main
The Feathers
40.
relative
size,
Wing shoulder Wing secondary.
3. 6.
11.
tail.
Are
kind of feathers are in the tail?
Fluff.
shape
covert. 7.
of a Chicken
and position. 4.
Wing
Wing covert.
1.
Neck hackle.
tlight covert. 8.
Back.
9.
5.
Wing
Cushion.
12. Thigh.
they different from those of the wing?
What
use do
the tail feathers serve? 4.
Why
Notice this
how
the back feathers overlap each other.
arrangement?
If the
feathers shed easily
without pain to the fowl, take out a feather from each
LESSONS IN AGRICULTUEE
116
of the following places for comparison:
Wing
;
6.
Cushion;
Wing
;
4.
feather;
Wing
secondary
Main
10.
and fasten on
Neck
shoulder covert
primary 9.
1.
;
7.
2.
a sheet of
Breast feather;
flight covert
Wing
tail; 11. Fluff;
paper
covert
and
12.
5.
;
Wing Back
8.
;
3.
Thigh. See
figure for corresponding numbers. 4. 5.
Make drawing sketches of these feathers. Make a drawing of a large primary feather, and
name
the parts:
fluff,
tip, quill,
barb,
and web.
LESSON XXXV THE EGG
2.
Each pupil
in the class should bring a
few eggs to
form, a collection for this lesson. 1.
Tabulate in the note-book the record of the
collec-
tion as follows
(Number each egg with ink on The Brped
weight
Size I
Forn,
the shell.)
^^'^
^,"^6^
|
I
I
I
"e^"'
After this data has been recorded, a small hole 2. might be broken in each end of the egg, the blow pipe or straw inserted, and the contents blown out, so that the egg shell
may
an interesting
be preserved in a neat box as part of
collection.
might be encouraged
From
to get the
time to time, pupils shells
from the eggs
THE EGG that are used at
home
to
add
117
The
to the collection.
contents of the eggs, blown, should be held in saucers,
one to each pupil. 3.
Observe the structure of the raw eggs in the
yolk.
Find the ''germinal disc" which appears as a on the upper surface of the This germ spot contains the life principle of the
egg.
Note the whitish cords of denser albumen which
saucers.
light colored spot, usually
serve to keep the yolk properly suspended in the white of the egg.
Note the
clear,
watery appearance of the white of
This
is the albumen, the food in liquid form upon which the young chick lives while in the shell. (If the contents do not come out whole, another egg must be
the egg.
broken for this part of the lesson.)
The chemical composition of the dry substance the inside of the egg is ( Snyder Poultry Book. )
4.
of
:
White (albumen) Yolk 5.
Make
6.
If
:
Protein. 88.92 20.62
Fat, .53
64.43
a drawing of the egg shell obtained above.
it is
not possible to boil the eggs at the school,
ask each pupil to bring a boiled egg for this part of the study.
Carefully remove the shell piece by piece.
Observe
and the two membranes beneath the shell. Cut the egg lengthwise through the middle, and make a drawing of the section, showing all the points mentioned in paragraph 3.
the air space,
DECEMBER On
the farm.
farmer
—December
to balance his
ment has been
is
month
a good
books and see whether his manage-
The
profitable or unprofitable.
ful farmer will
for the
know whether each
He
field is
success-
yielding up
know whether his farm animals are paying their board. He will know how much money he should spend and how much he to
the standard every year.
should save to be progressive.
will
To be
able to
manage
the farm as a successful merchant does his business, the
farmer must keep records and books in some simple and accurate way.
LESSON XXXYI FARM ACCOUNTS Keeping accounts. is
received
accounts.
Often
it
is
—Every
quire two columns.
this.
keep
should
know how much
and paid out during the
cash account will show
side,
farmer
desirable to
year.
A
cash
simple
All kinds of accounts re-
The columns may be placed
side
by
with double ruling down the center of the page,
This method will be used in this lesson. The following explanation of the cash account system is taken from Hatch's Elementary Agriculture with Pracdividing them.
tical
Arithmetic
Cash accounts. cash
is
first
—In keeping a cash account the word
written across the top of the page. 118
All
FARM ACCOUNTS cash received
hand
side,
is
and
119
placed in the cash space in the
all
cash paid out
space in the right-hand side.
is
At
left-
placed in the cash the extreme left of
and between the date and the cash space the item, for which cash has been received or paid, is written. The total amount of cash received, or paid out, is easily found by adding the amounts on each side, and the difference of these two sums represents the cash on hand. Cash on hand should each side the date
is
placed,
be carried over into the received side at the top of the
next page, is
desired,
when any page the totals
is filled
may
respective columns instead,
exactly the same there
is
way
to do.
1
If
and the new page kept
as the preceding page.
For example Cash
1905
entries.
it
be carried over into their
in keeping a cash account.
and easy thing
Date
up with
It is a
This
in
is all
very simple
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
120 the record
is
Whenever made receives
kept as in the cash account.
the person against
whom
anything, an entry
is
the account
made on
is
the left-hand side under
and when he pays anything on this account, this entry is made on the right-hand side under the word creditor. The following example is taken from
the
word
debtor,
Hatch 's Agriculture
Fig.
41.
Good Materi.\l fok
a
John Smith Date 1905
I'roduce
Account
FAEM ACCOUNTS of your chickens.
The word chickens
the top of the page. tures
made
hand
side of the
131 is
written across
AVhenever there are any expendi-
for the chickens, this
is
entered on the
left-
page under dehtor. Whenever the chickens return an income in the form of eggs or young chickens, this entry
word
creditor.
is
made on
The account below
book: Chickens Date 1905
Item
the right, under the is
taken from Hatch's
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
122
Cash Date 1905
1
1
Item
CEOP EECOEDS
123
Seeding and Cultivation
Date
Cost of fertilizer....
of seeding. Amount of seed. Cost of seed Fertilizer used
.
.
Dates of cultivation.
Implements used Cost of cultivation
.
Cost of harvest Total cost of the crop. Insect injury Fungous injury
:
.
.
.
Quality of the harvest. grain fodder Yield per acre Net profit per acre....
Date of harvest
Note
.
Yield, Yield,
In connection with this lesson
it
would be a
valuable supplementary exercise to establish a school
The pupils of the school should elect a president, The teacher board of directors, cashier, and clerk.
bank.
should provide a suitable receptacle for
money
deposits
and the proper bank books, checks, etc. Encourage the pupils to make deposits, keep bank books, and draw out money only with properly signed checks. Our boys and girls
should become familiar with these simple business
proceedings.
LESSON XXXIX EECORD OF A GOOD CEOP ROTATION
3.
Compare the data given in the ten-acre rotation below, with prices and conditions in your home vicinity. The figures below are the actual record of
an
Illinois field
under standard conditions of cultivation
A 1.
2.
Good Typical Ledger Ruling
Clover sown in wheat in March Number of bushels Cost of seed Cost of labor
Wheat
cut in July. bushels
1 $6.50 $1.25
Threshed and maiketed
Yield,
Value of yield Total cost of labor
200 $160.00 $17.50
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
124 3.
Pasture in clover
Number Number
4
the Fall
in
head months Income from pasture Clover hay harvested next June of of
5 2
$12.00
Number of tons Price per ton Cost of labor 5.
12 $5.00 $12.00
Husked and marlieted
Clover seed crop in the Fall.
Number
bushels yield
15
Value of yield
$90.00 $20.00
Cost of labor 6.
Plow
for corn the folloyifing Spring, and plant Cost of labor Cost of seed C 1 y2 bushels) Four cultivations cost of labor for cultivation
$10.00 $1.00 $7.50
—
7.
Seeding wheat in the corn in September Cost seed 1 % bushels per acrei Cost of labor
$12.00 $4.00
1
8.
Corn harvest
Number
in the Fall
of bushels
500 $200.50 $15.00
Value of the vield Cost of labor
Calculate the total cost and receipts of this rotation,
and the net gain on one acre for one year. The last census shows that the average annual crop per acre in this country this
is
valued at $11.
How
does
annual crop compare with the average?
What
does the farm upon which you live yield per
acre?
What
crops yield the highest net returns per acre in
your locality? Problems 1.
A
months
farmer's boy hires out to a neighbor for at
$22 per month.
with $7.35 cash on hand.
end of every month.
April
2,
April 20, 25c for a straw hat. for a coat.
May
31, he
five
He begins work April 1, He receives his pay at the he pays $2.75 for shoes.
May
buys a
3,
he spends $1.25
colt for $42.
July
1,
CROP RECORDS he pays $14.75 for more clothing. $2.35.
July 20, he
125
July
4,
he spends
August
sells his colt for $55.
15,
he
pays $6.50 for a watch, and, during the summer he spends $4.85 for sundry small
articles.
Write out his account and determine how much cash he has on hand when his time is out. 2.
Two
boys rent for $4 a half acre of land on which
They allow themselves 75c each per day them $2 to get this piece of land fertilized and plowed. They each spend ten days' time planting and cultivating their onions, and four days more each when harvesting time comes. They sell $14.30 worth of green onions, and harvest 142 bushels more. For 100 bushels they get 75c per bushel, and 60c per to plant onions.
for their time.
It costs
bushel for the remainder.
Write out their onion account, and find their
profit.
A
farmer runs an account with George White, a merchant. July 7, he buys a pair of shoes for $2.40 and 3.
has them charged on account.
July
20,
he takes in
twelve dozen of eggs at 11 cents per dozen and gets 50c
worth of sugar.
August
of butter at 20 cents per calico at 6 cents
3,
he takes in twelve pounds
pound and
gets nine yards of
per yard, one pound of tea at 50 cents,
four pounds of coffee at 18 cents per pound, and a barrel of salt at $1.25.
August
14,
he gets a pail of
75 cents and 100 pounds of sugar at
pound, and pays $2 in cash. on August 151
Write out
this account
How
5i/2
fish at
cents per
does his account stand
with Geo. White.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
126
LESSON XL 4.
COMPARISON OF AGRICULTURE PRODUCTS
Take the data from the Year-book of the Department of Agriculture for 1905, and fill out the tabulation below
ASSESSMENT FARM VALUES
127
LESSON XLI AN ASSESSMENT OF FARM VALUES
5.
Make
(a)
a
owned by your
list
of the real
Use the form given below, and
received from sale.
make
and personal property-
parents, with values such as could be
a neat record of the assessment in the notebook: Assessment Record
Name
Farm.
of
PROPERTY 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
I
Number
|
Valuation
Acres 01 land Buildings Horses Cattle
Sheep
Hogs Poultry
Farm machinery Oats Wheat .
.
.•
Corn Household furniture
.
.
.
.
Hay
Money
in
bank or notes.
Total Rate of taxation Total tax
(b)
Use the above form and
fill
out the assessment
record of our forty-acre farm as you think
it
should be
equipped.
LESSON XLII FARM MACHINERY The drudgery of farm life is gradually being reduced by the invention and improvement of farm tools and machines. Improvement in kitchen machinery comes
upon the farm, but with the progress of we may look for much improvement equipment. The following comparisons show in kitchen the great development in farm implements. slowest of all
domestic science,
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
128
THE OLD WAY The The The The The The The
THE NEW WAY The The The The The The The
hoe.
grass sickle. grain cradle. single plow. corn knife.
"up and down churn open crock.
"
horse-drawn cultivator. horse mower and rake steam-drawn harvester steam gang plow. corn reaper and husker. "quick coming"' churn
cream separator.
Points in the care of farm machinery 1.
:
The farmer must know how
to
Farm machines must
left in the field to
manage
his
ma-
chine. 2.
rust
and
not be
rot.
3. As soon as any tool or machine has finished its work for the season it should be carefully cleaned, oiled and housed.
Every machine, implement, and
4.
vehicle
should
be properly oiled. 5.
All needed repairs should be promptly made.
6.
"Such
care,
which
many
some, will add
is
neither costly nor burden-
years to the
life
of a machine."
Practical Exercises
If the school
is
in
a
town, the teacher should go
with the class to an implement store and observe the
farm machines,
different
Make
a
reapers,
know
list
tools,
and implements.
of the different kinds of plows, harrows,
planters,
and
grain
separators
that
you
of.
Each pupil should make a
list
of the different farm
implements at his home, and the make of each implement.
Note,
—Some
farm machine or implement, such as
the plow, should be brought to school, to be taken apart
and
set
up again by the
pupils.
OUTLOOK— WEST VIRGINIA TYPE STATE
139
LESSON XLIII OUTLOOK—WEST
AGRICULTURAL
VIRGINIA
AS
A
TYPE STATE Geographical and climatic conditions seem to indicate that there are three principal agricultural operations
which would pay the farmers of West Virginia
to
develop
Fruit-growing.— Many
hillsides, poorly adapted would produce profitable orchards of apple, peach, cherry, and other smaller fruits. Some 1.
to grain cultivation,
of the best fruit plantations of the United States are in
West
Virginia,
and what has been done
many
can be done in
in one place
other parts of the state, for the
conditions of successful fruit culture are similar.
would be better for the the purses of
to fruit trees, filled 2.
soil
many
farms, and for
their hillsides planted
rather than to grain fields with weed-
washouts.
Dairying, grazing, and stock raising.
ginia has ranked
among
the
tion of fine-wooled sheep, this
of
many farmers were
It
first states
and there
is
rank should not be maintained.
produce the
—West Vir-
in the produc-
no reason that
The hills will and clover,
finest of blue grass, timothy,
and there are many natural advantages which may be The inused in the winter protection of the flock. creased
demand
for dairy products should encourage
grazing and cattle raising.
With
the improvement of
country roads, and the extension of the railroads and trolleys, the sale of milk, butter,
and
live stock will be
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
130
greatly facilitated,
and the dairy business become a
profitable agricultural operation in the state.
—
Truck g-ardening. As the mines, and wells of oil and gas are developed throughout the state, more and more laborers leave the farm and become consumIn the ers of farm products rather than producers. sprung in all parts many mining towns which have up of West Virginia are thousands of laborers who do not even have a kitchen garden. The homes of these men must, be supplied with the vegetables and prodIf West Virginia farms and garucts of the farm. 3.
dens do not furnish these, those of other states
There are many
and
will.
fields
near these
industrial centers that could produce far
more than
they
now
do,
fertile
valleys
toward supplying the demand for food
products. Practical Exercises
Students of other states using this book should write similar their
type.
paragraphs upon the agricultural outlook of
own
state,
using this lesson on West Virginia as a
JANUARY On
the farm.
— There
the farm this month.
is little
It is a
outdoor work to do on
good month in which
read and to plan for the coming year. farmers' days of leisure
when
the
demands
ing are not so exacting as usual, of his household of the year.
culture
will not waste his
Live stock are to be fed and cared
worked
may
those
enjoy the accumulated fruitage
farm conveniences are
of cropping
of his call-
when he and
But the wise farmer
time even now. for,
may
to
These are the
out.
to be planned,
and systems
In school the class in agri-
profitably study soils
and
fertilizers this
month.
LESSON XLIV COUNTRY LIFE CONVENIENCES Stay on the farm. the
farm
—Why
in such great
haps the boys and
do the young people leave numbers to go to the city ? Per
girls
who read
these pages could
give a better answer than the statesmen
who
are trying to answer this question.
and professors The usual an-
swer given and the one most nearly correct, perhaps,
young people leave the farm because they cannot make enough money there, and because the social Allife and home conveniences are not attractive. is
that
though the country people do not receive for their prod131
LESSONS IN AGRICULTUEE
132
what the consumer pays, there are and with better legislation, closer organization, and more education for the farmer, the country boys and girls are going to have as good a ucts a just share of
brighter days ahead,
chance to enjoy the best things of
life
as their city
cousins have.
Conveniences in the country.
—
iences are already coming,
Country life convenand from the kitchen to the
church the work and
life
of the country
more interesting and
attractive.
why
the country
There
home can not have
its
is is
becoming
no reason
hot and cold
water supply with sanitary plumbing. It would cost no more than a good team of horses or an automobile. Progressive farmers are lighting their homes with elec-
They are equipping their kitchens and fields with conveniences to save labor. Into every community there has come the rural free mail delivery and the telepTione, and we can tricity or gasolene.
as well as their barns
safely prophesy that the parcels post, the postal savings
bank, the interurban car service, good public roads, con-
and live country churches are soon and enlarge the life in the open country.
solidated schools, to enrich
Great forces for rural progress. stitutions,
—Many
strong in-
and men of mind and money are devoting
themselves to the interests of country
life.
State de-
partments of education are providing supervisors of rural schools
and encouraging the teaching of
ture and domestic science in these schools. colleges are sending extension schools, tutes,
and instruction trains
agricul-
Agricultural
farmers'
insti-
into every corner of their
COUNTEY LIFE CONVENIENCES states.
the
The national grange
men and women who
tending
its
work
is
133
developing leaders
live
of education
among
on the farms, and ex-
and organization
into
The national department of agriculture is sending expert men and helpful literature to every farm and rural institution, organizing and making more effective all the forces for rural progress. every state in the union.
Practical Exercises
Pupils
may make
special
topics as relating to the 1.
2.
reports on the following
community
in
which they
live:
Modern conveniences on the farm. Community improvement clubs.
3.
Consolidation of rural schools.
4.
Rural mail delivery.
5.
Postal savings banks.
6.
Parcels post.
7.
Rural telephones.
8
Interurban car
9
Automobiles.
lines.
LESSON XLV THE FARMERS' READING The farmers'
library.
— The
to-day finds time to read,
and
progressive farmer of his library
is
supplied
not only with good books and periodicals of general literature,
but with the latest books, bulletins, and farm
papers as well. profit
Men
in all other vocations find both
and pleasure in keeping up with the times by
attending meetings, and reading the literature of their
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
134 profession.
This could not be said of the farmer until
very recently.
—
Who best
are writing farm books? The writers of the modern books and periodicals of agriculture are
men who
not only have the theoretical knowledge of
their subjects, but the practical experience;
and they
have thus gained the confidence of the farmers, because they are in the
field,
wearing overalls with them.
The
progressive farmer no longer speaks lightly of "book
farming," for he knows that good farmers have written, as well as wrought, successfully in agriculture.
Farm
— There
are many good farm papers, and every progressive farmer is a subscriber to one or more periodicals relating to the work in which he is interested. He reads and experiments and thus finds greater interest and profit in his work. Farm books. The follov/ing vocational books should
papers.
—
should be in every farmer's library:
Chapters in Rural Progress, Butterfield.
The State and the Farmer, Bailey. The Education of the Farmer, Bailey. The Country Home, Powell. Practical Farming, McClennan. Encyclopedia of Agriculture, Bailey.
Checking the Waste, Gregory.
The Country Life Movement, Bailey. The Country Church and the Rural Life Problem, Bailey.
The Rural Life Problem of the United kett.
States, Plun-
SOIL
135
Most of the above are supplied by the Orange Judd
and Macmillan companies,
New York
City.
Practical Exercises
Pupils should bring copies of farm papers from
1.
their
homes and
start a reading table in the school.
Send for copies of farm papers for the reading
2.
table.
Each pupil
3.
.should report
some interesting
article
he has read in a farm paper.
Write
4.
circle books,
to the Coljege of Agriculture for reading
and try
to organize a
reading circle among
the farmers of the community.
LESSON XLVI SOIL
During some mild day
this
month,
let
us go to vari-
ous places on our farm, gather samples of
make
a
more careful study of them
in our
soil,
and
farm labora-
tory.
Since the
soil is
the place where all our plants must
grow, and since our animals must be fed from the plants
we
raise,
our
soil is
the real foundation of our
farm.
How
soils
are formed.
— Geologists
tell
us that
at
one time a great rock mass formed the surface of the earth. this
Earthquakes probably made great breaks in
rock mass, then by the decay of the rocks, the
grinding of the water and sediment,
soil
was formed.
ice,
and the depositing of
Water has been continually
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
136
away and depositing
dissolving to
form
winds, rains, running streams,
Frosts,
soil.
particles of the rocks
plant roots, burrowing animals, and other forces
nature are constantly changing the rocks to
of
soil.
—
Since all soils come from rocks, the must therefore depend on the kind of rock from which it was made. Sandy soil must come from
Kinds of
kind of
Fig. 42-
soil.
soil
— Drawing,
sandstone, lime
— Drawing,
showing how
rod? gradually breaks up and decays from the top downward.
soil
Fig. 42acial
cirift
showing
gla-
deposited on top of the
solid rocis.
from limestone, clay
soil
from clay
stones, etc.
Humus.
— Ilumus
plant and animal colored.
Humus
because in
its.
is
the decaying and partly decayed
life
in the
soil.
It is usually
dark
greatly improves the soil for plants, set free which help disand because it improves making clay less and sand more
decay acids are
solve plant food in the
the quality of the
soil,
soil,
compact, thus increasing the water-holding capacity
The loss of humus makes hillside land wash and unless the farmer is careful, his sloping fields
for plants.
badly,
are soon
"worn out."
All weeds, stubble, clovers,
etc.,
SOIL
13^
should be plowed under to form humus, and thus keep the soil in good condition.
Clay
soil.
and the
—Most
class to
contain both sand and clay,
soils
which a
soil
belongs
is
determined by
the relative amounts of these of which it is
A
composed.
soil
very
grit soils
particles,
fine
when
which,
seem
clay
composed of
is
dry,
no
contain
to
Clay
or sand.
retain water
a
and become very hard in long
time,
drying.
Sandy
soil.
— Sand
varies greatly in fineness.
are
have
Sand
particles
very hard, and sharp
edges,
giving a gritty feeling in handling. ter
sand
very
Sandy quickly
Wa-
through
passes
freely.
Courtesy of D. W. Working
Fig.
43.
Under
The Weatheiung the
— heating and solid ing — tlie
of Rock
influence of the weather cooling, wetting and dryrock is then broken into
fragments.
soils
are
warmed by
the sun in the spring badly and are not durable under tillage
and clay may contain organic matter; that plant or animal
life.
They wash Both sand is,
decaying
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
138
Loam. in
—Loam
is
a mixture of sand, clay and
such proportions as to be easily
Good
soil
supply of moisture and
air.
for most crops.
nor too in the
fine to allow the best
must
tilled,
humus suitable
have a constant
also
Loam
and
neither too coarse
is
supply of air and moisture
soil.
Practical Exercises
(Use notebooks and record results and observations) 1.
With samples
Comparison of Soils
of clay, sand,
and humus loams, spread
on sheets of paper before each pupil,
the student
let
fill
out the following table Color.
Soils.
Clay
Loam
.
.
Size of particles.
Weight.
Feeling.
.
Sand Loam. Humus Loam. .
,
The use of a hand 2.
lens will help in this study. Composition of Soil
Carefully weigh a small handful of rich black
soil.
Then dry it thoroughly, being careful not to burn it, and weigh again. The difference is the weight of the water content of the
soil.
What
per cent of this
soil
was water? Now place the dry soil in a dish or iron pan and burn it. Cool, weigh again, and examine carefully. The loss is the weight of the humus or organic matter.
What
Do you
per cent of this
soil
is
organic mat-
believe that you could burn all of the The portion remaining is the mineral matter. What per cent is mineral matter? We shall learn what
ter?
soil?
SOIL matter consists
this mineral
of.
and write answers
this exercise
139
Record the result of
to all the questions.
Water-holding Capacity of Soils
S.
Fill three small earthen flower pots
verized
with
soils,
humus
with finely pul-
one with clay, one with sand, and one loam.
Weigh these, and if possible make Then slowly pour water into soils are saturated and the water
them weigh the same. each pot until the
Pig.
44.
Apparatus to Test the Capacity of Soils to Take in Rainfall
begins to run out from the hole at the bottom of the pot. is
Weigh
the pots of wet
holding the most water.
most rapidly? soils
soil,
and determine which
Which
soil
Which most slowly?
took in water
Which of Which
could absorb the heaviest shower?
continues to drip longest?
Which
the soil
drains most readily?
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
140
Does
experiment
this
practice?
any
have
Capillarity of Soils
4.
Fill three soil tubes respectively with fine clay,
and loam.
tied over one in a rack as
reach
down
soil is
end of each of the tubes.
Observe the it
In which
rise of
rises soil
ends
equal heights
Diagram Showing Action of Watek
takes.
rapidly?
Set the tubes
in the figure, so that the cloth
Note how high it
dry sand,
held in the tubes by a cloth
into the tumblers, filled to
with water.
time
The
shown
Fig. 45.
soils.
farm
on
bearing
What?
in Soil
water in the different
in each
tube,
and the
does the water rise most
In which to the greatest height?
Which
draws up the greatest amount of water? This power of soils to draw water up from below is called soil
capillarity,
and the water
is
called
capillary
water.
Because of this capillarity, plants are able to get moisture from the sub-soil in times of drought.
How may
SOIL
141
the farmer increase the amount of humus in his soil, and thus the drawing and holding capacity for water be
increased ? 5.
Fill
two
tin
Soil
Mulch
pans or cans with the same kind and
and thoroughly saturate each pan of Then cover the wet soil of one pan with an inch or more of dry earth, finely pulverized, and leave the other pan unmulched. See that both pans of soil now weigh the same, by transferring soil from one to the other as necessary. Set the pans aside for twenty-four hours, then weigh again. Weigh the
amount of soil
soil,
with water.
pans every twenty-four hours for several days, and record the comparative weights of the two pans of
soils.
The dust mulch prevents evaporation, and enables the soil to retain its
moisture.
Wliat bearing does this ex-
periment have upon any farm operations? 6.
Field Observations
Take a walk to a suitable field near the schoolhouse. Take pencil and notebook and answer the following questions 1.
How
does the weathered surface of rocks compare
with the freshly broken surface 2.
?
Are the boulders and pebbles you find of the to be found in the
same material as the rock ledges neighborhood ? 3.
How
do the pebbles in the bed of a stream com-
pare with those back from the stream, in
size
and shape ?
Explain the difference. 4.
Find some
rich soil
and dig a hole about 18x12
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
142 inches,
and about 2 feet deep. Describe the difference soil and sub-soil. Repeat this experiment
between the
by digging the hole on a steep
slope.
Account for
the difference between the soil of the two places.
do you think will grow the better crop the
soil in
How
deep
-is
both places?
Name
5.
?
Which
the places at which you see soil forming,
and explain agency
in each case.
7. Soils on the Home Farms Each student in the class should bring samples of soil from the home farm. Place the samples in separate vessels on a table where all can observe them, and fill
out the following outline
Free Bulletins, U.
Bureau of
S.
Dept. of Agriculture
Soils
Circular No. Circular No. Circular No.
4.— Soils
Lake Valley, Utah. Marsh Lands. 13.— The Work of the Bureau of Soils. 8.
of Salt
—Eeclamation of Salt
Table showing fertilizing substances in average soils: Pounds per Ton. Soil.
•
Loam Clay
Sand
Nitrogen.
Phos. Acid.
7 lbs. 3 lbs.
3 lbs. 3 lbs. 2 lbs.
1
lb.
Potash 8 lbs.
15 5
lbs. lbs.
(Adapted from Stockbridge.)
Problems 1\
Suppose
How many of area
?
soil is
cultivated to the depth of 4 inches.
cubic feet of cultivated soil per square foot
Per square yard ?
Per square rod ?
Per acre ?
SOIL If a
2.
cubic foot of
many pounds square rod
of cultivated soil per square yard?
and phosphoric acid the soil
If
inches,
is
pounds of nitrogen, potash
soil.
cultivated to the depth of each of the
per acre in each of the
tilizing substances
of eight
three
soils
fer-
given in
?
How many
5.
of
how many pounds
the table
Per
in the cultivated soil per acre for
each of the four kinds of 4.
weighs 75 pounds, how
soil
Per acre ?
?
Find the number
3.
143
pounds of nitrogen, potash and phos-
phoric acid are used, annually, per acre, by a crop of
20 bu. of wheat?
In how
many
the nitrogen in clay be used
years will one-half of
up by
this crop feeding to
the depth of eight inches? 6.
How
7.
Work
8.
Use a 50 bu. corn crop per acre and work prob-
lem
7.
will this affect future crops?
the same problem for other
Also a 60 bu. oat crop.
A
soils.
120 bu. potato crop.
LESSON XLVII PLANT FOODS While we are waiting for spring to come, when we busy on our farm to read, we shall
shall be almost too
continue our studies of soils and plant foods.
Elements of the earth. all
— Chemists
have found that
the substances of the world can be separated into
about eighty different things.
These are called elements.
Iron, gold, silver, tin, carbon, sulphur,
etc.,
are elements.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
144
No
one has been able to separate them into different
Gold cannot be separated into anything but For centuries men tried to make gold out of other things, but they failed. Water is not an element; it is a compound. A chemist can separate it into two gases,
things. gold.
hydrogen and oxygen. Elements and compounds.
made up
—All
things
living
are
The compounds of elements. compound of carbon, hydrogen, and
different
of
starch of corn
is
a
Only a few of the eighty elements are necessary for the growth of plants and animals. The following elements are commonly found in plants, and the first oxygen.
ten
are
absolutely necessary
for
good plant growth: potassium,
oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, iron,
phosphorus, calcium, sulphur, magnesium, sodium, chlorine,
and
silicon.
invisible gases, so
phur occur
Oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen are
we do not
Calcium
as free elements.
seen, but ordinary quicklime
Gold and
see them. is
magand oxygen
either calcium or
is
nesium combined with oxygen.
Silicon
combined make up the large part of sand.
compound
of
sul-
not ordinarily
sodium and chlorine.
A
Salt
is
green plant
a is
makes up nearly one-half; nitrogen comes next; and there are smaller amounts of other elements. Essential elements for plants. No plant can grow mostly water.
substances, carbon
Of the other
—
unless supplied with the above.
The
soil
sodium, chlorine,
first
ten elements mentioned
furnishes iron,
and
silicon
;
a
to give special attention to these.
sulphur, magnesium,
farmer does not need
The carbon dioxide
PLANT FOODS
145
gas of the air furnishes carbon; water furnishes hydro-
gen and oxygen; and the remaining elements, nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus, and calcium, are often
and must be supplied
cient in the soil,
So
to grow.
if
Soil elements.
— The
position of a typical
fertilizers.
following table shows the com-
soil,
containing 100 pounds of mat-
be noted that
It will
is
these, particularly the first three, are the
elements that the farmers buy in their
ter.
insuffi-
a good crop
all these
elements and com-
pounds enter into the plant as food Water Carbon
12.67 lbs.
.
71.55 6.94 5.17 1.08
Silica
Aluminum Iron
Magnesium Soda Sulphuric acid
43 04
Nitrogen Phosphoric acid Potash
12 43 35
85.21
Lime
lbs.
1.22
2.12 lbs.
The or less
and second groups given above are more constant in the soil and in sufficient quantities
first
that the farmer need not concern himself about supply-
ing them.
The third group, nitrogen, phosphoric
acid,
potash and lime, although constituting so small a portion of the
soil,
must be held up
to a
good standard
amount and proportion or the plant cannot grow. These elements are often used up in the tificially
soil
and must be
ar-
supplied by fertilizers of various kinds.
—
Elements in a wheat plant. The following table shows the composition of 100 pounds of wheat plants
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
146 Carbon Water
47.69 45.86 93.55 lbs.
Sodium Magnesium
09 20 31 04 06
Sulphuric acid Iron Chlorine Silica
2.75
Nitrogen Phosphoric Potash
1.60
3.45 lbs.
45 66 29
acid
Lime
3.00 lbs.
This table
interesting
is
in
that
it
shows that so
small a per cent of the composition of the plant
up
of the nitrogen, phosphorus, potash
made
is
—the
and lime
elements that exist in so small a proportion in the yet
it
is
soil
this small proportion of these elements with
which the farmer must concern himself in intelligent practice.
Plant starvation.
— Now,
if
in sufficient quantity in the
and
Again, the
finally dies.
plant food, but
it
may
may
soil
the plant grows slowly
may
contain plenty of
not be in a form readily soluble
by the water, and the plant just as one
these foods are not found
soil,
suffers
from a lack of
food,
starve within ten feet of plenty of food
is securely locked up so that he can not get at it. One problem which the farmer is called upon to solve is, how to make the plant food in the soil of his farm more easily soluble. From what we have learned it is Soil exhaustion.
that
—
clear that, if the farmer raises grain on his
and never returns manure
to the soil,
farm
to sell,
he will rob
it
of
PLANT FOODS plant food, and
its
of being
147
will soon begin to
it
"worn out." Plant
show evidence
foods are being continually
used up by the growing plants, and removed with them,
and none are returned
the crop the greater will be the
much
crops, being so
The heavier Tobacco and root
to take their place. loss.
heavier, exhaust the soil faster
than small grains.
But worn-out the
different kinds
fact, soil
does not
mean
in
soil
which
of plant foods are used up.
usually contains
all
all
In
plant foods in inexhaust-
with but three exceptions, namely: pot-
ible quantities
ash,
soil
phosphoric acid and the nitrogen found in am-
monia.
To
restore the fertility of the soil
means only
to restore these three substances. Practical Exercises 1.
Collection of Plant
Foods
Place specimens of the following plant foods in small bottles
and
label properly:
Lime, muriate or sulphate
of potash, phosphoric acid, nitrate of soda, iron-rust,
magnesia, sulphur, and pure sand. 2.
Experime7it with Plant
A plant food tablet has been
Food Tablets
prepared which contains
the food essential to plant growth.
Each
tablet
is
com-
posed of the following ingredients:
Common
salt
(sodium chloride), 2^^ grains.
Plaster of Paris (calcium sulphate), 2i/^ grains.
Epsom salts (magnesium sulphate), 21/2 grains. Phosphate of lime (calcium phosphate), 2l^ grains. Salt-petre (postassium nitrate), 5 grains.
Compounds 1-10 grain.
of iron
and chlorine
(ferric
chloride),
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
148
To demonstrate the in these tablets, fectly clean
fill
effect of
plant foods as prepared
two cans or flower pots with per-
sand which has been heated
point of water.
Keep one pot
grains of corn in each pot.
with rain water.
to the boiling
Plant six grains of wheat and three
Keep
of sand moist
the other in the same condition
as to moisture, to which has been
added plant food
to
the proportion of two tablets to each pint of water.
At
first
there will be no difference perhaps in the
growth of the plants, but in two or three weeks, when the food stored up in the grain ference in vigor and growth
is
is
exhausted, the dif-
substances as those contained in these tablets, plied to the
soil,
known
are
Such
clearly evident.
when
ap-
as fertilizers.
Table showing proportions of fertilizing substances in farm crops:
Ounces per Bushel. Crop.
Nitrogen.
Wheat Rje Corn, shelled
Barley
Buckwheat Oats Potatoes Root crops, average Cotton seed
Phos. Acid.
oz.
8
oz.
o
oz.
oz.
oz. oz.
5 3
oz.
oz.
9 5
oz.
6
oz.
4
oz.
oz.
4
oz.
3
oz.
2 2
oz.
oz.
3
oz.
1
oz.
4
oz.
3 oz. 13.8 oz.
1
oz.
oz. 2 5.4 oz.
5.8 oz.
Ounces per 100 Cotton
Potash.
20 17 14 12 12 10
3.8 oz.
lint
oz.
oz.
lbs.
1.6 oz.
8
oz.
Pounds per Ton. Nitrogen.
Crop.
Timothy or red top hay. Clover hay Tobacco (leaves) Straw (average) Sugar beets Cow-pea hay Soy Bean hay
.
Phos. Acid.
20 40 60 10
lbs.
9
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
10 13 4
lbs.
3
lbs.
1-5
lb.
lbs.
47.2 lbs. 46.4 lbs.
lbs.
10.4 lbs. 13.4 lbs.
Potash. 30 40 80 20 4
lbs.
lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
29.4 lbs. 21.6 lbs.
PLANT FOODS
149
Problems
How many
1.
pounds of each of the three impor-
tant fertilizers in a crop of wheat that yields 20 bu.
per acre 2.
A
3.
An
A A
4. 5.
25 bu. per acre
?
?
corn crop of 50 bu. per acre
barley crop of 40 bu.
?
60 bu.
?
oat crop of 40 bu. per acre
?
45 bu.
75 bu.
?
50 bu. f 60 bu.
?
?
1
50 bu.
potato crop of 110 bu. per acre?
?
120 bu.
150 bu.?
A
6.
clover
hay crop of
3i/^
tons per acre?
4 tons?
5 tons?
A
7.
tons
?
8.
meadow hay crop
3 tons
A
of 2 tons per acre?
2i/2
?
tobacco crop of 1,500
lbs.
per acre?
1,800
lbs.? 9.
Compare
hardest on the 10.
lems.
Pupils Tell
the
results
and notice which crop
is
soil.
should furnish data for similar prob-
how many
acres of corn, wheat, hay,
etc.,
were raised on the farm at home, the number of bushels
or tons per acre,
and
find the
amount of the three
essential fertilizers taken off with the crop.
LESSON XLVIII FERTILIZERS During
this
month we
ing on our farm. tilizers in
other
We
shall begin the shall
of fertiliz-
mix the commercial
fer-
Barnyard manures and must be spread upon the orchards,
our farm laboratory.
fertilizers
work
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
150
and gardens,
pastures, fields
as
we
shall learn in this
lesson.
Important elements of the
—As
soil.
was suggested
in the last lesson, the three elements likely to be lack-
are nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash. we use must, therefore, contain these elements. The crop will usually tell the farmer
ing in our
The
essential
by
soils
fertilizers
its
appearance the kind of food
Fig. 46.
fertile,
well-drained
most needs.
it
Good,
Waste of Manure
soil,
properly cultivated, usually
produces healthy, dark green plants with strong, good-
and numerous, well-filled seeds. Nitrogen. The growth of the stalks and foliage of the plant is largely due to the nitrogen, providing the sized stalks,
—
heat, light, air,
and moisture conditions are
If the plant has a yellow, sickly appearance,
cultivation
refuses to grow,
want of nitrogen. always giving best right in
amounts
The
it
is
likely
best fertilizer,
results, is
favorable.
and under
starving for
and the one nearly
barnyard manure.
of nitrogen, phosphoric acid,
forms readily available to the plant.
It
has
and potash, Especially
FERTILIZEES will
151
barnyard manure improve yellow and sickly plants.
Besides acting as a fertilizer, barnyard manure improves the texture of the pacity,
and
its
increases
soil,
its
water-holding ca-
decay sets free humic acids which ren-
soil more available. and other like legumes, also serve because they have the power of using the
der mineral foods of the Clovers, cow-peas, as fertilizers,
way
nitrogen of the air in a later lesson.
they take from the
and
air,
when mature, they add as large
that will be explained in a
These plants store up the nitrogen that if
they are plowed under
this nitrogen to the soil, as well
quantities of humus, which in decaying lib-
erates other mineral foods already in the
soil.
The principal commercial nitrogen fertilizers are cottonseed meal, nitrate of soda, dried blood and tankage,
and refuse from slaughterhouses. Nitrate of soda is and quickest acting of all these fertilizers. It dissolves quickly when applied to the soil, and is at High grade once available as food for the plants. Two hundred nitrate of soda contains 15% nitrogen. the best
pounds per acre
is
Phosphoric acid.
pound
a heavy application.
—Phosphoric
acid
is
the one com-
in our soils soonest likely to be wanting,
one which in the future
it
will be
most
and the
difficult to pro-
Undeveloped and shrunken seeds usually indicate shortage of phosphoric acid in the soil. Barnyard mavide.
nure contains a good percentage of phosphoric acid.
Ground bones and phosphate rocks are the commercial sources of this fertilizer.
There are great deposits of
phosphate rock in Tennessee and the Carolinas, and
it
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
152 is
being rapidly rained away,
taken to European countries.
quantities being
large
In the manufacture of
high grade phosphates, the rock
is
ground
fine
then treated with sulphuric acid, which makes
and thus available phates
pounds per acre Potash.
as a plant food.
15%
contain
is
—Potash
it
and
is
soluble,
High grade phosTwo hundred
phosphate.
acid
an average application. especially essential in the pro-
is
duction of fruits, potatoes, and root crops.
Other con-
and imHere again
ditions being favorable, undersized, shriveled,
perfect fruits are due to a lack of potash.
barnyard manure will supply a good percentage of the element needed.
Wood
source of potash.
The principal commercial potash
tilizers are
ashes are also valuable as a fer-
muriate of potash and sulphate of potash.
They contain about 50% of available potash, and are in excess of one hundred pounds per
seldom applied acre.
Lime.
—Lime
is
not a fertilizer in the same sense as
those discussed above, but fertilizers
because of
Lime sweetens the plant food
is set
its
soil,
it is
used in connection with
chemical effect upon the
soil.
breaks up combinations so that
free for the use of the plants,
and im-
proves the physical condition of both clay and sand soils.
The subject of study, needs.
fertilizers is a large
and important one
much thought and careful and each farmer must work out his own farm
to the farmer.
It requires
FERTILIZERS
153
Practical Exercises 1.
Expcrimcnial Tests
iviih Fertilizers
Fill ten five-inch earthen flower pots
and add
with clean sand,
fertilizers to the different pots as follows
1.
Nothing.
2.
Nitrate of soda (one-half teaspoonful),
3.
Acid phosphate (one teaspoonful).
Fig. 47.
4.
Liming the Soil
Muriate of potash (one-fourth teaspoonful).
5.
Nitrate of soda and acid phosphate.
6.
Nitrate of soda and muriate of potash.
7.
Acid phosphate and muriate of potash.
8.
Nitrate of soda, acid phosphate, and muriate of
potash. 9.
10.
Same
as No.
8,
but double the amount of each.
Stable manure.
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
154
Mix
the fertilizers into the soil;
then plant about
a dozen grains of wheat in each pot.
names of the window or light
Avith the
in a
Label each pot Place the pots
fertilizers used.
and keep the soil moist the wheat seedlings come up, thin out
ened.
When
to the
same number
place,
Note the difference
in each pot.
Which
in the color of the leaves in each pot. izers give the greatest increase in
Make
fertil-
growth?
a complete record of this experiment in the
note-book.
Lime on
Soils
see the effect of lime on clay
soil,
Effects of
2.
To balls,
clay
In a few days examine and see which
set aside to dry. is
make two
one with water, and the other with lime water, and
more mellow. Repeat the experiment with water and humus-water
and note the Is lime
result.
used on
your neighborhood?
soils in
Fertilizers
Showing average amount of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash in fertilizers:
Pounds per Ton, Substance. Clover hay
Nitrogen.
Straw Barnyard manure
Wood
40 10 10
lbs. lbs.
lbs.
Phos. Acid. 10 lbs. 4 lbs. 6 lbs.
60 500 400
ashes
Burned bones Ground bones
lbs.
Potash.
40 20
lbs. lbs.
9 lbs.
160
lbs.
lbs. lbs.
Problems 1.
ton.
Suppose a load of barnyard manure weighs a
How many
phoric acid?
pornds Of potash?
of nitrogen in it?
Of phos-
FEKTILIZEES
How much
2.
of each of the above in 15 loads?
20
50 loads?
loads? 3.
I55
How many
your land
last
loads of
year?
manure were hauled onto
How much
of each fertilizing
substance was supplied? 4.
you put 15 loads on an
If
each fertilizing substance per acre 5.
how much
Suppose you harvested 50 bu. of corn per
How much off
acre,
of each fertilizing substance did
with the crop
of
?
acre.
you take
?
6. Was your soil richer or poorer after the corn was harvested? Did you take off more than you put
on ? 7.
is
How much of each kind How much of each of these
taken
off
bu. crop of barley 8.
How many
9.
is
A
40
?
loads of
to restore the fertility lost
crop
fertilizing substances
with a 25 bu. crop per acre of wheat ?
manure per acre are necessary when a 25 bu. per acre wheat
harvested?
If $5 per acre spent in fertilizer increases the
yield of potatoes 50 bu. net.
Find the gain per acre by
fertilizing. 10.
A
farmer who uses
grows 560 fertilizer
lbs.
fertilizer costing .$6
of cotton per acre;
grows 350
lbs.
per acre.
ket price of cotton which plan
How much 11.
is
is
At
an acre
one who uses no the present mar-
the more profitable?
gained on 80 acres?
The usual prices of the common
follows
Nitrate of soda, $57.00 per ton.
fertilizers is as
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
156
Acid phosphate, $12.50 per
ton.
Muriate of potash, $42.00 per ton.
How much
would a pound of each
"When a farmer speaks of a he means that
it
contains
2%
and 10% potash. How would 2000 pounds made up?
cost?
fertilizer as
being 2:8:10,
8%
nitrogen,
phosphoric
acid,
Assume
Note.
soda contains
of fertilizer of this type be
in the above
15%
problem that nitrate of
nitrogen, the acid phosphate
phosphorus, and the muriate of potash
termine how
much
50%
14%
potash, de-
of these commercial fertilizers
would
be required to furnish the essential amount of pure elements. 12. sity,
At the College of Agriculture, Cornell Univertwo tons of manure that had been weighed and
analyzed were 22,
left
exposed from April 25 to September
with the following results
Total weight
Nitrogen Phosphoric Potash
What was tember 22?
was
lost
Sept. 22.
1,730 lbs. 7.72 lbs.
19.6 lbs. 14.8 lbs. 36. lbs.
aoid
and potash
April 25. 4,000 lbs.
7.79 lbs. 8.65 lbs.
the value of the nitrogen, phosphoric acid, in this
manure on April
25,
and on Sep-
(Use the values given above).
How much
?
There are two ways
to
prevent such losses
—the
ma-
nure may be hauled and spread on the land every
few days, or 13.
A
it
good
may
be kept in covered sheds.
fertilizer for
to be one containing
timothy hay has been found
200 pounds of nitrate of soda, 100
FEETILIZEES
157
pounds of acid phosphate, and 50 pounds of muriate of potash, per acre.
How much What
would
this cost
per acre?
percentage of each would this fertilizer con-
tain?
About how much hay hood would be worth
this
at the price in
much ?
your neighbor-
FEBRUARY On
the farm.
—During
month we shall have a work to engage our There are fences to repair and this
variety of interests and plenty of attention on the farm.
build, hotbeds to prepare, tile ditches to dig, spring
orders to make, and live stock to feed and care for.
one great work
is
to claim
our time, but
many
No
different
plans and preparations are to be made.
LESSON XLIX DRAINAGE Plan for draining our forty acres.
— A period of open
weather has come, the ground has thawed out, and we
have seen that drainage. shall
fields
If the
run two
numbers
ground
is
1
and 2 of our farm need in, we
dry enough to work
ditches, each forty rods long, across the
centers of fields
numbers
Spring Hollow.
We
1
and
shall
2,
and connect each with
use five-inch
tiles,
twelve
and they will cost us 5c each. We should have a bookkeeping account of our year on the farm, and record the expense of our tile drainage. inches long,
Values of drainage. water.
—Removes the
Plants cannot grow without
in the soil keeps out the air.
The
and much water
level of the
ground water must be below the depth 158
excess of surface
air,
to
under-
which the roots
DRAINAGE
159
of the crops ordinarily penetrate the
drainage lowers this water
on low,
soil.
Good
tile
both
Stiff clay soils
level.
land and upon hillsides often hold an ex-
flat
and need drainage. Aerates the soil. As was stated above, plants require The air at the roots as well as about their foliage.
cess of surface water,
presence of air in the
soil
promotes the action of bac-
germs that aid in breaking up the humus, as
teria, the
was shown
in a previous lesson,
nitrogen in legumes.
and
in the fixation of
Air circulating through the
tends to draw the air through the
soil
tiles
from the surface
above and thus to aerate the whole root-feeding area of the plants.
Warms and heat
is
sweetens the
soil.
In wet
soils so
much
used in evaporating the water that these
never become warm.
and and Well drained land warms up
Often such
soils
cannot become sweet until the water the heat
and
soils
air let in.
is
are sour,
drained
off
earlier in the spring, facilitating earlier planting, thus
extending the growing season of the crop. Conserves moisture.
We
were told a moment ago
that drainage removes the excess of moisture,
may seem
and
ii
a contradiction to state that drainage con-
serves the moisture, but this fact can be shown.
Soils
and tilled, as good drainage permits, are more porous and are in better condition physically both to receive and hold the rainfall and to promote capillarity from the table water below. Methods of drainage. The tile system of drainage is better than the open ditch, though more expensive. The that are aerated
—
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
IGO tiles
should be placed about three feet below the sur-
face, so that the
water
level in the
ground
ered to this point, and that the ground
of
Fig. 48.
will be low-
be cultivated
The size of the the mains and branches
without interfering with the
and the distance apart
may
tiles.
tile
will
Laying Tile
depend upon the slope of the land and the nature of the
soil.
Farmers' Bulletins No. 40. Farm Drainage. No. 187. Drainage of Farm Lands.
— —
Table showing average cost of drainage
tile
tities:
3 in. tile
4 in. tile 5 in. tile 6 in. tile All sizes are 12 inches
cost about cost about cost about cost about in lensth.
3c 4c 5c 6c
each. each. each. each.
in large quan-
DRAINAGE
161
Problems
A
1.
farmer owns a plat of low ground 80 rods
long and 50 rods wide
A
2.
;
how many
acres in this plat
?
The
creek runs lengthwise through this land.
level of the water in the creek
Can
of the land.
it
is
be drained
4 feet below the level
?
Will the creek answer as a channel to carry
3.
off
the water from the tiles?
Suppose he puts the
4.
tiles
crosswise of the
4 rods apart, so that they open into the creek.
many
rods of tiling will
How many What
5.
4
it
take?
How many
field,
How feet?
in. tiles?
will be the cost of these tiles according to
the above table?
What
6.
tiles at
What
7.
used ?
tile
3 in.
What
8.
will
it
cost to dig the ditches
and lay the
20 cents per rod ? will be the ?
6 in.
entire cost if 4 in. tiles are
?
will be the cost per acre for each kind of
?
Suppose open ditches costing twenty cents per
9.
rod will answer. cost
How much
more
will the tile system
than the open ditches?
10. If the farmer is able to grow only 11/2 tons of marsh hay worth $4 per ton on this land before draining and can grow 60 bu. of corn worth $0.35 per bu. after draining, what is the increase in the value of the
crop due to drainage? 11.
In how
many
years will this increase alone pay
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
162
For the 4
for the open ditch?
the 6
in. tile
12.
Suppose the open ditch In how
annually for repairs. ditch cost as 13.
much
tile
system?
For
costs 5
many
cents per rod
years will the open
as the tile drain?
If the above
a true example of the cost
is
value of drainage, does 14.
in.
system?
What would
it
and
pay ?
it
cost
to
dig an open ditch on
each side of a slough 10 rods wide and 100 rods long at $0.25 per rod 15.
ing?
IMeasure
mate the 16.
?
Is there a place it.
on your farm that needs drain-
Draw
a plan for ditches and
esti-
cost of both systems.
Estimate the cost of the drainage suggested at
the beginning of this lesson.
LESSON L FENCES Good
—
We shall have a few spare would be well to look to our The construction and care of the farm fences
fences
and
thrift.
days this month, and fences.
it
are indications of thrift or shiftlessness of the farmer. If the fences about the yard, gardens,
and
fields
are
neatly kept, and the weeds and bushes are cut from the rows
and
corners,
it is
a sign that the farmer takes
home and farm, and that he is The scarcity details of his business.
pride in his in the is
necessitating the use of wire, hedges,
successful of timber
and cement for
FENCES Wire
fencing purposes.
163
fences, supported
by the
locust
or catalpa posts, are perhaps the best fences to construct at the present time.
—
The Ferguson fence. When the fence rails get old and broken, farmers sometimes utilize them in building what is known as the Ferguson fence. In this arrangement posts are set in the ground and the fence rails are attached to the posts by means of fencing wire and staples.
This
a very economical fence, not only from
is
the standpoint of materials, but also on account of the
saving of space in the fence row.
Osage hedge fence.
— Some
years ago there was a
great deal of enthusiasm over the Osage hedge fence, but
waning now, in fact, many up and burned. The chief objection to the hedge is that the extensive network of roots saps the life and nourishment of the soil to such an extent that farm crops can not be grown within
the interest in these fences
is
of the hedges are being pulled
twenty or thirty Since 1870
quiring every
feet of the fence.
many states have passed stock laws reman to fence in his own stock, instead of
fencing out those of his neighbors.
The
result has been
a great saving to farmers in every case. Practical Exercises 1.
Make
a
list
Fences on
Home Farms
of all the different kinds of fences that
you have on the home farm. made,
tell
how
Explain how they are
long they have been constructed, and in
what condition they are
at present.
LESSONS IN AGETCULTUEE
1G4
Excursion to Observe and Eepair Fences
S.
At the conclusion
of this lesson, go to observe some
fence near the school.
Make
note of the fence, tilling
out the following table
Kind of Fence. Materials Used. State of Eepair. Attention Needed.
any fences needing repair about the school it would be an excellent an application of this lesson, to repair them
If there are
yard or
in the neighborhood,
thing, as
and
to
put them in as good condition as
3.
possible.
Cement Fence-posts
Since recent fence-post and walk construction have
made use
of the Portland cement about the farm,
it
would be valuable exercise to make a few cement posts or blocks at the school. The following formula is used
Cement Sand
1
part.
2 or 3 parts.
Stone (from one to two inches diameter) 5 parts. Moisten and mix until the mortar slides easily and smoothly from the shovel.
FENCES
1G5
Problems
How many
1.
a
160-acre
rods of fence will
farm?
Estimate
for
it
take to fence in
differently
shaped
farms.
How many
2.
locust ^posts
would be required
to
fence the 160-acre farm with wire?
What would
3.
this
farm?
4.
How
be the cost of woven wire fence for
long should such a fence last ?
LESSON
LI
KNOT TYINa IN ROPES
A
rainy day has come.
until
we
Having read our farm papers and
are tired, let us go to the farm laboratory
practice tying knots in ropes. 1.
The tying of useful knots, rope splicing, making halters and other useful things of kind, are industries that belong to the farm, and
of hitching ropes, this
should be included in a course of agriculture for the schools.
The teacher should provide a rope and make
models of each of the eight knots shown in the
figure,
and hang them up before the class. 2. Each pupil should have a piece of rope about one yard in length, and practice making these knots until he can do
it
with ease.
LESSORS lA AGRICULTURE
166
Names
3. a.
b. c.
of the useful knots
The single loop. The overhand knot. The overhand knot repeated.
Fig. 49.
Used
to
keep the
Useful Knots
rope from slipping before making the square knot in tying bundles. d.
The square or reef
will not untie
and
knot.
A
strong knot which
by pulling, but which can be
easily
broken
untied. e.
The loop
knot.
Used
will not slip. f.
The
figure of 8 knot.
in
making a halter that
A HOTBET GAEDEN g.
The
slip
167
Commonly used
knot.
in
hitching
horses to racks. h.
The bowline
knot.
Used in tying the anchor
of ships.
Note. harness,
Practical exercises in splicing ropes, riveting
and sewing
may
halters, etc.,
LESSON
be given.
LII
A HOTBED GARDEN During the to
latter part of this
month we must begin
plan for our hotbeds and cold frames for our early
vegetables
and
flowers.
pjven in school the teacher
and pupils ifinay well un-
dertake to work out this lesson together.
Proceed as
follows
Making of
the hotbed.
—Select a place at the south side Dig an oblong space and eighteen inches deep.
some building for the hotbed.
three feet wide, six feet long, ]\Iake a
wall of posts and boards, fitting close to the
sides of the bed.
Make
the back wall three feet high and
A
eighteen inches above the surface of the ground. piece of two-by-four joist set in across the middle, will
make
from back
a support for the
sashes which are to cover the bed.
ready, put in a layer of strawed piled for some time,
fill
nure and tramp
down
it
layer of nine inches,
When
manure
to
front
window
the bed
is
that has been
in about nine inches of the
ma-
Then add a second firmly. and tramp firmly as before.
Then spread four inches of
rich garden
loam over
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
168 the manure,
and the bed
is
the pupils can bring whole to cover the beds.
Two
make the necessary
cover.
ready.
window
Perhaps some of sashes from
home
sashes three feet square would
Plants for the hotbed.
— Early lettuce, radishes, early
Jersey Wakefield cabbages,
tlie
Earliana tomato, onions,
and other vegetables may be sown thickly in rows about
Fig. 50.
four
inches
apart,
A Hotbed
in
Wintee
and by the time warm weather
comes, the school will have plants to supply the neigh-
borhood, the children will have seen things,
and the school
will
many
interesting
have found a new source of
co-operation with the home.
Ventilating the hotbed.
warmed frame.
the
The
soil,
soil
—In
and the
the hotbed the
manure
glass kept the heat in the
should be watered every few days, and
on the bright days the sash should be raised to admit fresh air to the
Draw
little seedlings.
the plan
of
the
preparation and planting.
hotbed,
and
describe
the
EUEAL FEEE MAIL DELIVEEY
LESSON
169
LIII
RURAL FREE MAIL DELIVERY Using the free delivery.
we begin
agricultural
of the latest
—As
the spring approaches
to think of catalogs of seeds
bulletins,
and
plants,
and
which will give us the
information to help us in our work.
We
are for-
tunate in having a rural free delivery at our door, and
we
shall
make use
of this service.
—
Rural free delivery and good roads. There is no of greater importance to the coun-
modern convenience
try people than the rural free mail delivery.
not self-sustaining, and
it is
Although
costs the people large
sums
has come to stay, for the farmer sees that
of money,
it
service
a great necessity in the promotion of his wel-
fare.
is
its
In order to promote the greater efficiency of the
rural delivery service, and at the same time render effective aid in the
improvement of roads throughout the Office Department, and the Of-
United States, the Post fice
of Public
Roads have entered
into a plan of co-op-
eration looking to the betterment of all roads where the
rural service
is
extended.
Through
this co-operation, re-
cently a county in Indiana spent $85,000 for the im-
provement of the rural mail routes. Upon the advice of the Post Office Department, the Office of Public Roads sends
its
engineers to inspect and advise as to the con-
struction of local roads.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
170
1.
Practical Exercises Information About the Local Carrier
Find out from your local carrier the following points and write them up in the record of this
of information lesson
How many miles does the carrier travel in What is the carrier's salary? What is the condition of the roads? How many daily and how many weekly
1.
2. 3.
4.
a
day?
papers
are delivered on the route?
What
5.
route 6.
is
the average daily stamp cancel on this
?
Does the postage of the route pay expenses? 2.
Row
Each pupil
to
Use the Rural Free Delivery
in the class should write a letter to the
Department of Agriculture, addressed of Agriculture, Washington, D.
C,
to the Secretary
or better
still,
to
your Congressman or Senator at Washington, and ask for at least ten of the following
(Copy
Farmers
lesson.)
Farmers Bulletins The Feeding of Farm Animals. Weeds, and How to Kill Them. '
No.
'
Bulletins
this letter neatly in the note-book record of this
Potato Culture. Fowls: Care and Feeding. Facts About Milk. Sewage Disposal on the Farm. Commercial Fertilizers. Sheep Feeding. Standard Varieties of Chickens.
Some Common
Birds.
The Dairy Herd. Bee-keeping.
Marketing Farm Produce. Meadows and Pastures.
No.
LESSONS IN AGKICULTUBE
172
Seed of Eed Clover
No. 260. No. 265. No. 266.
in Its Impurities. for 1906. Management of Soils to Conserve Moisture.
Game Laws
Note. The first rural route ever established was from Charlestown, West Virginia, by W. L. Wilson, Postmaster General, under President Cleveland. Sample Letter for Bulletins 22 Perry
St.,
Morganto\Yn, West Va..
February
22,
1911.
Secretary of Agriculture,
Washington, D.
C.
— Please send me the following Farmers' Bulletins distribution — address as above: No. 109. — Farmers' Reading Courses. No. ]34. — Tree Planting on School Grounds. No. 161. —Practical Suggestions for Fruit Growers. No. 173. — Primer of Forestry. No. 185. — Beautifying the Home Grounds. No. 199. — Corn Growing. Dear Sir:
for
free
No. 218.— The School Garden. No. 247.— The Control of the Codling Moth. No. 41. Fowls, Care and Feeding. No. 35.— Potato Culture. Also put me down to receive the Monthly List of Publications.
—
I
am
a student of agriculture in the
Yours
School. sincerely.
LESSON LTV AGRICULTURAL SOCIETIES Organization of boys and girls '
— In the school, early in the year,
'
agricultural society.
let
a Friday afternoon
be devoted to the organization of an agricultural society.
All boys and girls should selves, for in this
way
is
know how
to organize
them-
learned that great lesson of co-
operation so vitally needed to-day in rural
life.
Let one of the older boys, at the suggestion of the
AGRICULTURAL SOCIETIES Then
teacher, call the meeting to order.
and say "Mr. Chairman,
I73 let
some hoy
rise
nominate John Reihle
1
ample) for president."
I
Another
rises
(for
ex-
and says:
"Mr. Chairman, I second the nomination." Then let some one rise and say "Mr. Chairman, if there are no other nominations, move that John Reihle be declared elected president
of this society."
Some one says, "I second the motion," then the boy who is acting chairman says: "It has been moved and seconded that John Reihle be declared president of this society.
remarks?" say,
'Aye'
Hearing none, he ".
posed say, 'no'
"All those
He
estimates the vote.
".
If he receives
the chairman declares that t
says,
John
Are there any in favor
"All those op-
more for than against, is elected.
John then takes the place of the chairman, and conducts the meeting.
A
secretary
is
then elected as
among the girls. The following and By-Laws should be read by one of the Constitution
above, preferably from
pupils,
and adopted by the
society as a tentative work-
ing plan Constitution and
By-Laws of the Green Valley School Agri cultural
Article
The name of
Club 1.
this society shall be the
Green Valley
School Agricultural Club. Article
;
The
2.
objects of this society shall be to encourage the
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
174
study of Agriculture in the school and home contests
work,
etc.
in ;
plant
and
growing,
animal
to cultivate a love for the
Article
;
to
raising,
promote literary
farm and home.
3.
All the boys and girls of the school over eight years of age are eligible for
eight
may
and under
membership.
fifteen, in the district
Any
person over
and not
in school,
be elected to membership by a majority vote. Article
The membership nual dues,
4.
fee shall be ten cents,
five cents,
and the an-
payable at the beginning of the
school year.
Article
The
5.
officers shall consist of President, Vice-president,
Secretary, Treasurer, Speaker, and Usher. Article It is the
6.
duty of the President
to preside at all meet-
and command obedience to all a red ribbon worn on the lapel of his coat. The Vice-president assists the President and presides in his absence. His emblem is a blue ribbon. The Speaker wall assist the President and Secretary in arranging the literary program for the regular meetings. His emblem is a green ribbon. The Secretary will keep a record of all meetings, receive the fees and dues of the members, pay the same to the Treasurer, take and keep his receipts therefor. His emblem is the white ribbon. The Treasurer shall take charge of and keep all the money of the society, and pay out the same only upon ings,
preserve order,
rules.
His emblem
is
AGRICULTUEAL SOCIETIES orders signed by the President and Secretary.
blem
is
175
His em-
the yellow ribbon.
The Usher guards the door, shows members and ors to seats,
emblem
and
helps the President preserve order.
visit-
His
a blue rod.
is
Article
7.
This society shall meet every two weeks at the school house, either in the afternoon or evening as the teacher decides.
IMeetings
may
be held at the homes of members. Article
The order of business
8.
at the regular meetings shall
be as follows: 1.
Roll
2.
Reading the minutes of
3.
Report of committees.
4.
Proposals for membership.
call.
last
5.
Voting on new members.
6.
Literary program.
7.
Miscellaneous business.
8.
Adjournment.
1.
The
meeting.
By-Laws literary
program prepared by the Speaker,
and Secretary,
President,
shall consist of music, recita-
tions, readings, essays, orations,
gram
shall be
and
debates.
The pro-
announced by the Speaker, two weeks
in
advance. 2.
An
annual exhibit should be arranged, perhaps
best in the
autumn, in which the boys
or garden products they have
will exhibit field
grown, and the
girls.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
176
flowers, vegetables, or cookery.
In preparing for this
exhibit, the boys should each select in the spring the
plat of ground, not to exceed one acre, nor less than
1-10 acre, prepare, plant or sow sire.
Send
any crop he may deDepartment
for the best seeds, either to the
of Agriculture at Washington, D.
Agricultural College. pupil
may
From
get liulletins on
C, or
to the State
either of these places the
any crop he chooses
to
grow
for the exhibit.
The teacher and the club shall organize committees to solicit prizes to award at the exhibit for the best vegetables, grain, animals, cookery, etc., brought by the 3.
pupils.
The club shall take an annual excursion, visiting the farms and homes of the district. This may take the form of a picnic and be the happy ending of the school 4.
term. 5.
This constitution and by-laws
may
be amended at
provided the proposed
any meeting by
a two-thirds vote,
amendment
posted in the school rooms two weeks
is
before adoption.
(To the teacher:)
Grange
is
This society
may
be,
and
if
a
in the district, should be developed into the
Juvenile Grange, a national order, recognized by the
Patrons of Husbandry.
The Juvenile Grange is a most excellent organization young people of the country. It has just enough secret work about it to make it attractive to young folks, and the ceremonies are beautiful and full of good lessons which every boy and girl should heed. In changfor
AGRICULTURAL SOCIETIES
177
ing the above society to the Juvenile Grange, write to Prof. T. C. Atkeson,
Morgantown, W. Va., Overseer of
the National Grange, or to C. City, Ohio, Secretary, for the
Grange.
M. Freeman, Tippecanoe
Manual
of the Juvenile
Juvenile Granges must be organized under the
special charge of a Subordinate Grange.
LESSON LV THE GRANGE Let US learn something of the greatest farmers' organization in the world
—the
Grange, or the Order of
Patrons of Husbandry.
The following facts about the Grange were submitted by Prof. T. C. Atkeson, Master of the West Virginia State Grange and Overseer of the National Grange:
Origin of the grange,
— "The
idea
fraternal organization originated in the
H. Kelley,
a oNIinnesota
a
farmers'
mind
of Oliver
of
farmer, while on a trip through
the southern states in 1867, soon after the close of the
great Civil
Johnson
War, where he had been sent by President what might be done to rebuild the dev-
to see
astated agriculture of that
great agricultural region.
Mr. Kelley was a high degree Free Mason, and naturally his idea of a farmers' organization took the
secret society.
Soon after
where he reported paid a
to the
visit to his niece,
his return to
form of a
Washington,
Department of Agriculture, he Miss Carrie A. Hall, who
re-
sided in Boston, and outlined to her his proposed farmers'
organization.
Miss Hall suggested that farmers'
LESSONS IX AGRICULTUEE
178
wives and daughters be admitted on full equality with
and from the first, the organization which followed has made no distinction on account of sex. Mr.
the men,
Kelley unfolded his plans to a number of gentlemen in the
Department of Agriculture and elsewhere, who
came
be-
interested in the matter.
Patrons of Husbandry.
—
' '
The
first
meeting was held
William Saunders, the horticulturist of the Agricultural Department at Washington, on the evening of December the fourth, 1867, which has ever in the office of
since been
known
as the birthday of the order.
The
or-
ganization was named, 'Patrons of Husbandry,' and the word, 'Grange,' which
means
a
farm home, was
substituted for 'lodge' as used by other organizations.
— "There
are Subordinate, Pomona, State, and National Granges, each one of which is represented by delegates in the next highest body up to the National Grange which is the supreme authority. All Granges have the same officers as follows: Master, Overseer, Officers.
Lecturer, Steward, Assistant Steward, Chaplain, Treasurer,
Secretary,
and Lady
Gate Keeper, Ceres, Pomona, Flora,
Assistant Steward.
Purposes of the grange. ization
is
legitimate
to
— "The purpose of the organ-
promote the interest of agriculture in every
way
possible, educationally, legislatively, co-
and socially, with a view to develop a betIn ter manhood and womanhood on American farms. its forty odd years of history, the Grange has accomplished a vast amount of good for American farmers, and practically every advancement made by agriculture operatively,
THE GEANGE in that
179
time originated with the Grange or has been
ef-
The Grange was an important factor in the establishment of agricultural colleges and high schools, and originated the idea of teaching elementary agriculture in the public schools. Experiment stations are mainly the product of Grange advocacy. Rural mail delivery, the Department of Agriculture, the Interstate Commerce Commission, and hundreds fectively
promoted by
it.
of other measures of state or national legislation orig-
inated with the Grange or were promoted by
value to agriculture
Work tion. is
is
— "The
grange
education.
business agency. in the rut.
work
is
on cultural
It is
It
organization, co-opera-
party nor a
nor forever
It is neither ultra-radical
Its chief
of a
is
a live institu-
It is neither a political
eludes the entire family.
growth
is
satisfying a great need in rural society.
based on correct principles:
tion,
Its
beyond computation.
of the grange.
It is
it.
lines.
It in
now growing, and
its
permanent character.
"The Grange
is
ambitious to take
its
place beside
and the church, as one of the trinity of forces that shall mold the life of the farmer on the broadest possible basis material, intellectual, social, and
the school
—
ethical. is
Is there
not worthy, or
any good reason why
why
its
this ambition
goal should not be
won?"
(President Buttertield of the Mass. Agricultural College,
from
his
Chapters on Rural Progress.)
LESSORS IN AGEICULTURE
180
Why
Fanners Should Join the Grange
(By the authority
of the Master of the National
Grange. 1.
Because
it is
2.
Because
it
inexpensive.
is
the farmer's only organization, na-
tional in character.
Because
3.
it
has stood the test for more than forty
and has never been found wanting
years,
any
re-
has exerted greater influence in
se-
in
spect.
Because
4.
it
curing state and national legislation in the interest of agriculture than any other agency in the country.
Because
5.
ers,
it
is
officered
by those engaged in
who know from experience
culture,
and are sincere
agri-
the needs of farm-
in their desire to aid
them
in every
possible way. 6.
Because
it
with one another,
is
the duty of farmers to co-operate
if
they would successfully meet the
and secure what the harvest
influence of organization in every direction, for wife
and home a
fair share of
yields. 7.
Because
known in
it
has exerted the greatest
in breaking
making farm
up the
life
isolation of
life, and and girls, the farm home
farm
attractive to the boys
bringing sunshine and happiness into to such
influence
an extent as has never before
existed.
After the teacher has discussed this lesson with the pupils, all the text-books should be laid aside,
and the
pupils asked to write a brief essay in their note-books
on the Grange,
and work.
its history,
plan of organization, purposes
MARCH
—
On the farm. With the coming of the spring months we begin to get interested in seeds and growing plants. This month on the farm we shall select our seed corn more carefully, make germination tests, spray our fruit trees against scale, prune the grape-vines, bushes, and fruit trees, sow clover seed in the wheat, sow oats, and begin planning for the com crop. It is to be a busy
month.
LESSON LVI STRUCTURE OF SEEDS Possibilities in seeds.
— Seeds
are such
common
ob-
farm boys and girls, that I fear sometimes we appreciate what wonderful things they are. I not do
jects to
say wonderful, because no one understands them, because from them come nearly
all
all
about
our plants,
and upon them we depend for most of our food. Within the little seed is wrapped up all the possibilities of size, color,
flavor,
shape
—in
fact,
all
the
qualities
of the
grown up plant it is to become. Value of seeds. Seeds are a great deal like yourselves. They are little plants, dressed up, carrying dinner baskets, and sent forth by their parents into the world to grow up as nature intended them, into perfect plants. Ought we not to be interested in them since they do so much for us ? What can we do for the seeds ? We
—
181
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
182
can care well for them, plant theui and nurture them.
—
But we must learn more about them learn how they are made, and why every part of the seed is formed as it
is.
Plants live to produce seed.
and
stem, flower,
a seed.
Why
of a seed?
the
— Plants grow, bear
fruit for the sole purpose of
does the plant do so
Because in the seed
food to start
it,
well
is
much
the
protected against drought,
when winter comes, on and produce a new plant again.
old plant should die live
for the sake
young plant and
and other forces that might injure
cold,
leaf,
producing
it,
and
if
the seed
the
may
In the practical exercises which follow, we shall see
how
the seed
is
made. Practical Exercises 1.
To
facilitate the
Stady of the Luna Bean
study of seeds they should be
left
in Vv'ater over night.
Observe the following points of the bean, and make a sentence note of each of the words in black type. 1.
Markings on the surface Scar or hilum where the seed was attached to
(a)
the pod.
Near" the hilum a small opening, the micropyle.
(b) 2.
Remove
the coat or testa.
Near the hilum a small
pointed body, the caulicle, will be seen.
Separate the halves or cotyledons, observe that the
two small leaves, the plumule. The cotyledons, caulicle, and plumule constitute the
caulicle bears
ambryo.
STRUCTUEE OF SEEDS
183
^lake a drawing of the whole bean showing these parts,
and of^the
single cotyledon with the caulicle
and
plumule in place. 2.
Study of the Grain of Corn
Soak a few grains of corn in hot water for twenty minutes or use grains that have soaked in water over night.
With
a sharp knife remove the tip cap at the
end of the kernel.
Fig. 51.
Beginning at the end where the
Kernels of Corn in Sections Showing the Germ
from The part immediately under Carefully remove the hull is called the horny gluten. off with sharp knife. Now remove the a it by shaving it
hull has been l)roken at the tip cap, remove the hull
the entire grain in strips.
germ or embryo. Make out the caulicle and plumule After the tip cap, hull, as you did in the Lima bean.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
184
horny gluten, and germ have been removed, there remains only starch, of which there are two kinds the
—
horny starch and the white starch.
The horny starch lies at the back and sides of the kernel. The white starch is at the crown end of the kernel above the germ, and nearly surrounds the germ toward the tip of the kernel. Separate as far as possible the horny starch and the white starch. ]\Iake an enlarged drawing of the front view of a grain of corn, showing and naming the parts. Note.
All seeds except the seeds of conifers, are of
one of these two types.
In the bean, there are two
cotyledons, and the food material of the seed
is
stored in
these cotyledons.
In the corn there food material
is
is
only one cotyledon, and the
stored outside of the embryo, in a part
called the endosperm. 3.
Study of a Grain of Wheat
Soak a few grains of wheat
in
warm
water.
With a
sharp knife try to remove the covering of the grain.
There are four of these coverings on a grain of wheat,
and one
three epidermic layers
testa or true seed coat.
These coats constitute the bran and make up about of the grain.
dosperm.
Immediately under the
is
11%
the en-
This makes up a large part of the seed and
the flour of commerce. size
testa
of the embryo.
is
Note the position, form, and
Make
a diagram representing a
cross section of a grain of wheat,
showing
these parts.
all
Note to Te.vchers. Send for "School Set of Ecoto Edgar Brown, Seed Laboratory, De-
nomic Seeds,"
partment of Agi'iculture, Washington, D. C.
GEEMINATION SEEDS, GROWTH SEEDLINGS
185
LESSON LVII GERMINATION OF SEEDS AND GROWTH OF SEEDLINGS Plant-food in seeds.
— Plants, like animals, must have
food and drink, and like animals they perish without
Fig. 52.
them.
We
Growing Corn
have told what some of these plant foods
and now we
shall find out the
plants get their
first food.
way
You
will
are,
which the young remember the little
in
bean plant which you saw snugly tucked between the two halves of the seed. These two fleshy cotyledons, as
LESSORS IX AGKICULTURE
186
they are called, serve as a storehouse for the food of the little
bean plant.
In the kernel of corn the same kind
was
of a little plant
storehouses of food, there
is
only one cotyledon.
are often told that the plant stores
for our
up food
and although we do use
for our use,
own
food in
many
cases,
its
own growth
until
it
food for itself directly from the Essentials to plant growth.
is
We
outside help.
ground
it
its
stored
up food
nature intended this little
plant, to
large enough to get
soil.
— The
little
bean plant
between the cotyledons of the seed cannot begin or germinate with
We
in the seeds
this stored
food matter, not for man, but for the use for
two cotyledon
seen, but instead of
up food alone
;
it
to
grow
must have
usually plant the seed, and in the
finds the
needed help.
Of
course,
we know and air,
that in the ground the seed finds moisture, heat,
and these are the essentials of germination. These we shall try to prove in the practical exercise. Good seed and proper conditions of soil, moisture, air, heat, and light are essentials to plant growth, and a points
part of the study of agriculture consists in determining
how
to control these conditions. Practical Exercises 1.
Essenikds of Geriiiination
Place a dozen good seeds of any kind on a woolen cloth or blotting
the seeds in the pletely covered.
paper in each of two
first
tin pans.
Cover
pan with water and keep them com-
In the second pan keep the cloth or
paper on which the seeds are placed always moist, but
GEEMINATION SEEDS, GROWTH SEEDLINGS do not allow water to stand around the seeds.
Which
other tin pans over these seed pans.
187
Invert
seeds ger-
Why?
minate?
Prepare two pans of seeds as you did the second one above.
Place one pan out of doors in a cold place, and
Courtesy of D. W.
Fig. 53.
leave the other in the house where the difference in the germination.
To Show
2.
Remove insert the
it
is
warm.
Note
Explain.
the Function of Cotyledons
the two cotyledons of a germinating bean,
and
growing roots through a piece of mosquito
netting, tied over a tumbler into the water with
the glass
WorMng
Germinating Corn Showing Root Hairs
is
filled.
which
Insert another germinating bean
from which the cotyledons have not been removed. Note the comparative grow^th of the
two
seedlings.
Explain.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
188 3.
Send
Testing Seeds for Germination and Purity
to the
Extension Department of Purdue Agri-
cultural College, at Lafayette, Indiana, enclosing 35c,
mounted weed seeds. This is a very valuable collection, and will serve in a practical lesson. Get samples of clover seed from the stores or from home, and spread out a quantity of the seed on a sheet of white paper. Examine it very carefully with for their collection of
mi"
GEEMINATION SEEDS, GKOWTH SEEDLINGS with
all its
impurities,
how much
189
does the farmer pay
for the pure seed? 4.
Absorption of Water in Germination
Fill a bottle with
dry pea
water as the bottle will hold. the stopper
and add as much Cork tightly, and secure
seeds,
by means of a wire.
aside for a few hours
Set the bottle of peas
and note the
result.
Explain.
Table showing legal weight per bushel of farm products:
Wheat
lbs.
Peas Beans
lbs.
60 60 60 Irish Potatoes 60 Sweet Potatoes 50 Onions 56 Corn (shelled) 56 Corn in ear, shucked .... 70 Eye 56 Barley 48
lbs. lbs.
lbs.
lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
lbs.
Buckwheat
lbs.
Oats
lbs.
50 32 Clover Seed 60 Cotton Seed 28 Millet 50 Orchard Grass Seed 14 Peanuts 23 Red Top Grass Seed .... 14 Timothy Grass Seed 45 Italian Rye Grass Seed 20 .
.
lbs. lbs.
lbs. ibs. lbs.
lbs. lbs. lbs.
Handy Values
A A
bushel requires about
li/^
cubic feet of space.
bushel of corn in the ear requires about 2 cubic feet
of space.
A barrel of water requires about 4 cubic feet of space. A ton of hay fills about 512 cubic feet of space, or 8x8x8 cubic
A
feet.
cubic foot of water weighs 621/4 pounds.
Note.
I
Note
II
All the above should be memorized.
:
:
Pupils should also memorize table of avoir-
dupois weight, dry measure, liquid measure, long measure, square measure,
and cubic measure, with
necessary abbreviations.
all
the
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
190
Problems
How many
1.
pounds of wheat are grown on an acre
yielding 25 bushels?
How many pounds are grown on eight acres at ? How many tons ? How many square rods in an acre? How many
2.
the same rate 3.
pounds would that be per square rod ?
What
4.
is
the value per acre of the above at 80c
per bushel?
At the same rate what is the value of all the wheat grown on a piece of land containing 240 square 5.
rods? 6.
At 90c per bushel what
grown on an acre 7.
Which
is
the yield
if
acre,
is
the value of the wheat
20 bushels?
the more valuable, the crop in problem
4 or that in problem 6
?
If 20 bushels of 90c
8.
is
wheat can be grown on an
how many pounds is that per acre? What is the pound? How many pounds are grown on a
price per
What
square rod?
is
the value of the wheat
grown on
a square rod? 9.
At
the wheat
the same rate
grown on
and
price,
a piece of
what
is
the value of
ground 14 rods wide and
20 rods long ?
How many
10.
acres in a field 40 rods long
and 24
rods wide? If a
11.
will it
it
man
can plow 2 acres per day, how long
take him to plow the above field?
cost at $2
per day ?
What
will
GEEMINATION SEEDS, GROWTH SEEDLINGS
What
12.
If a
13.
will
it
14.
15.
16.
man and team
will
will be the cost of cutting
?
will cost about $0.25
Find the AVhat
is
Find the entire 17.
What
per day?
At 50c per acre what It
can seed 8 acres per day
take to seed a 40 acre field?
it
cost at $2
this crop
grain.
be the cost of plowing a 40 acre
same rate 1
field at the
how long
will
191
per acre to stack the
cost of stacking.
the threshing
bill at 2
cents per bushel
?
cost of the crop.
If the yield has been 20 bushels per acre,
90 cents per bushel,
how much has
the farmer
worth
made
over and above the entire cost of labor? 18.
How much
has he
made
if
the crop has yielded
25 bushels per acre, worth $0.80 per bushel? 19.
Have any items
wheat been omitted? for
them ?
20.
acre,
of the cost of producing this
what?
If so,
Should we allow
Let us do so and find the result.
With
a crop of 50 bushels of shelled corn per
worth $0.40 per bushel, work the same
series of
problems, omitting such as do not apply to corn raising.
LESSON
LVIII
JUDGING AND SCOEING SEED CORN Selecting seed corn.
—We
must now make a careful away last autumn. It
selection of our seed corn stored is
our plan to plant ten acres
—
field
number
1,
on our
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
193
it will take about 150 ears of corn to make we have enough. It is now time to find out what a good ear is, and to determine this it is necessary Not knowing the germinating to see it in all its parts. quality without actual trial, we shall have to be content in this first step of corn judging with what might be termed a good show ear. The object of corn judging
farm, and
sure that
is
to
determine the corn of highest quality, either for
feeding
market,
or
and which
is
consequently most
profitable to grow.
The score teristics of
card.
— The
study of the desirable charac-
corn has led to the formulation of a stand-
ard scale of points or "corn score card."
The use of means of
the score card has been adopted as the best
comparing samples of corn, and
is
a valuable guide to
the student of corn judging in estimating the merits of
points in samples of corn.
Samples for scoring.
—In
corn-judging contests or in
schools, ten ears of corn are usually scored as a single
sample. ten
may
Each ear may be scored
separately, or the whole
be averaged in one grade on each point of the
score card.
For we
school lesson
and
for our
judge each ear separately.
Study
practical planting purposes shall
and note make a perfect
carefully the illustrations of prize corn,
as best
you can what may be required
ear.
to
Note. This lesson may be given in the nection with Lesson 14, if so desired.
The following
score card
Growers' Association.
is
fall
in con-
used by the Indiana Corn
The number opposite each of the
twelve points represents the perfect grade
JUDGING AND SCOEING SEED CORN ^fame of variety
Name 1.
of scorer
Table
193 No
Sample No
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
194 4.
Vitality or seed condition.
10 points perfect.
The ear should be well matured, firm, and sound. The germ should be large, fresh, and vigorous looking. 5.
The
Tips of ears.
5 points perfect.
tip should be regular
and not
too tapering.
Tip
should be well covered, with straight rows of regular kernels. 6.
Cut one-half point for
Butts of ears.
Fig. 05.
The rows
tips
exposed one inch.
5 points perfect.
Prize Ears at
West Virginia Corn Show
of kernels should extend in regular order
over the end of the cob, leaving a depression the shank 7.
is
when
removed.
Kernel uniformity.
10 points perfect.
The kernels should be uniform in size, color, shape, and identation, and true to the variety type. 8.
Kernel shape.
10 points perfect.
The kernels should be deep and so shaped that their edges touch from tip to crown. The tips of the kernels should be full and strong. 9. Length of ear. 5 points perfect.
JUDGING AND SCORING SEED CORN The length should conform
From
variety used.
to the
195
standard for the
eight to ten inches
is
the usual
Cut one-half point for each inch of
standard length. deficiency. 10.
Circumference of
ears.
5 points perfect.
The circumference should be
Fig.
length, that
is,
.56.
proportion to the
Proportion- of Corn to Cob
about three-fourths the length, measured
at one-third the distance
deficiency or excess, cut 11.
in
from butt
to tip.
For each inch
% point.
Space between rows and kernels.
10 points per-
fect.
The furrows between rows should be wide enough
to
allow the ear to dry out readily, but not so wide as to lose in
kernels
proportion of corn to cob. is
highly objectionable.
Much
space between
LESSONS
196
There sluniUi be not
IN
less
ACilxMCULTUKK than 16 rows, and 6 or
7
grains to an inch in each row.
Proportion of corn to cob.
12.
The proportion shonUl be
15 points perfect.
by weight. The
ileterniined
proportion of eorn to eob shouUl not be
Cut
U^ss
than 86%.
for each per eent beUnv the standard.
l^,i.>%
Practical Exercises 1.
Copy book.
Scoring Seed Corn
the foregoing score card in your permanent noteSelect
ten
ears of
corn,
keeping the idea of
"mates'' in mind. The ears should look as much alike in every the
way
as
it
is
possible to tind them.
Find ears
all
same kuigth, the same circumfereuee, the grains the size and shape, without any indii'atious of mix-
same
ture, the
rows running straight from
measuring up
tip to butt,
to the standard of the score card as
and
much
as possible.
Grade each ear of corn on each of the points, and down on the score card your estimate of how the
put
up to the perfect grade. It is not expected that you will become expert in one lesson, but you will enjoy the improvement you make in this work. ear measures
S.
Selecting Seed Ears
Using the ear of corn which you have graded the higha model, look over your entire and select one hundred ears which acyour judgment most closely resemble this Number all these ears from 1 to 100, by
est
on your score card as
lot
of seed corn,
cording to
sample
ear.
tying to each a numbered tag, or by sticking a numbered
TESTING SRFF) TORX peg into the butt of each
away
197
These are
eob.
now
to be laid
for the germination test described in the next les-
son.
LESSON LIX TESTING SEED CORN
We
have now selected the ears of corn with which to
We have numbered and we are now ready
plant our ten acres on the farm.
each ear and jjlaced to
by
it
make the germination
itself,
we wish
for
test,
to be sure that
every grain we plant will germinate vigorously.
Value of good seed.
modern movements
— One
for the
of the
improvement of agriculture
in this country consists in the
proper selection, care, and
testing of the seeds to be planted.
that the seed carries with
most important
it
When we remember
all
the characteristics of
it
came, we want to be
the parent plants from which
sure that these parent plants are just as nearly perfect as possible.
When we remember
that the seed
is
a
liv-
ing thing, containing a young and tender plant, we see the necessity of properly caring for the seed during resting period.
And when we grow
or dead seeds cannot
no longer be willing
we expect
to
its
understand that sickly
into valuable plants,
we
shall
put them into the ground, which
to cultivate,
and from which we expect
to
gather a full harvest.
Testing seed corn for
life
and
vigor.
—
It
has come to
be true that almost every farmer and country school
boy now understands the importance of testing seed corn before planting
—and
testing
it
in the ear rather
than
LESSONS
198
AGRICULTURE
Ix\
But many farmers
after shelling.
fail to
they know in this matter, as well as in ters,
because
it is
say that they can
"too much trouble." tell
do
many other matMany farmers
whether a kernel of corn will ger-
minate by cutting or biting the germ.
do as well as
No doubt most
the tip cap
off
and examining
experienced corn growers can
but even by this simj^le method they can not
this,
tell
which ears of corn will germinate most vigorously, and it is
the sure
and healthy germination that counts most
throughout the entire
of the growing corn plant.
life
The boys and girls of the school will want surer and better method of testing seed corn.
to use the
Practical Exercises
The Germinating Test Box
1.
Make
a shallow box about two inches deep inside,
teen inches wide and twenty-three inches long. fill
the box with fine sand.
fif-
Partly
The box may now be
di-
vided into small squares by a checkboard lacing of wire or twine across the top.
It is
convenient to have these
squares about IV2 inches on a side, ten of them in a
row across the narrow way, and fifteen the other way. Another way to obtain the squares, is to place over the sand a cloth which has been checked into 100 squares
by an
indelible pencil, or better
still,
with ink.
ber each square from one to one hundred.
The
Numfigure
below shows the manner of wiring and numbering when the
first
Now
method
is
used.
take each ear separately, and with the point of a
pocket knife remove
five
kernels from the ear.
The
kernels should be taken in succession from about an
TESTING SEED COBN
199
inch above the base of the ear to the same distance be-
low
its tip,
passing spirally around and lengthwise of
the ear, so that no two grains are taken from the same
Place the kernels in the square corresponding in
row.
number
to the
number
of the ear, place the
the kernels against the wet cloth or sand,
ear
away
in its place.
i!
^M
When
germ side of and lay the
the box has been planted
KS^SlEr-
P^3EISIti
l
Fig. 57.
A Germinating Test Box
the sand should be thoroughly watered.
If the cloth
has been used, the corn should be covered with a second
wet
cloth,
and
of evaporation.
where
it
with a dry cloth to prevent excess The box should be kept in a warm room
this
will not be disturbed until the test is finished.
The planted tray should not be allowed to dry out until young corn plants are an inch or two above the sand. The ear that does not show all five kernels germinating
the
LESSONS IN AGRICULTUEE
200
vigorously should not be planted in the
field.
•
Every
poor ear planted spoils about one-fifteenth of an acre in the cornfield
—and
yet some farmers would blame
on the crows or the weather, or something they could not help. get a bird,
to
' '
stand
'
'
This
is
'
of corn than to plant
'
which
else
certainly a better
it
way
to
one for the black-
one for the crow, one for the cut-worm and two
grow." After selecting the ears that will be used as seed,
place them where they will be protected from freezing,
Each pupil should bring samples of seed corn from his home and make the germinating test at school, or have a box of his own at home and test the seed corn there and report the results at school. Keep a note-book record of the results of these tests. Note. The practice of smoking the seed corn before shelling and planting has proven an effective preventive against the corn-root louse and other insect pests of the moulding, or getting wet.
sprouting grain. References:
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 253, No. 409.
LESSON LX THE PLANT AND WATER
We
are
now ready
from the seed stand
how
to study the
into root, stem
the plant gets
its
growth of the plant
and food.
leaf,
We
and
to under-
have already
learned that the seed furnishes the food for the plant until
it is
large enough to get food from the
little soil.
THE PLANT AND WATEK
We
also learned in a
former lesson that the most imWater, lime, iron oxide, soda,
portant plant foods are:
ammonia,
silicon,
phoric acid,
Water
as
201
magnesia, potash, carbon dioxide, phos-
etc.
a plant food and solvent.
most important plant food
is
—
Perhaps the Every one knows
water.
that plants cannot live without water, but few persons
amount of water consumed by an acre of growing vegetation. Plants make In the first place they use use of water in two ways. In the secit as a food, just the same as animals do.
stop to think of the enormous daily
ond place a plant cannot eat solid food. It has neither mouth nor teeth, and it must take in its food in liquid form through its roots, or in gaseous form through its leaves.
The
ter, just as
solid foods
mentioned above dissolve in wa-
sugar dissolves in
and
coffee,
in this dissolved
condition they are easily taken in by the plant roots.
The plant The sap.
fluid containing these dissolved foods
is
called
solid food and some of the water taken up by the plant roots and carried through the stem to the leaves is used by the plant for growth, and the re-
maining water not used for food air
son
through
why
little
is
thrown
pores in the leaves.
plants need so
much
and orchards use up hundreds
water.
off into
This
is
the
:he rea-
Grains, grasses,
of tons of water during
the growing season.
Control of water for plants.
—We have
that the farmer can regulate the
the soil to a certain extent.
amount
If there
is
too
also learned
of water in
much
water.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
203
he can drain the
Fig. 58.
it
away.
possible,
rainfall
If there is
he
can by
need of saving deep
all
plowing and
Diagram of a Plant, Showing Its Most Important Relations Sunlight, Moisture, Oxygen, and Soil :
careful cultivation save a large share of the moisture in a time of drought.
THE PLANT AND WATER
203
Practical Exercises
To Prove that Plants Throw
off
Water
Put the same amount of water into similar vessels
— tumblers
glass
fruit
or
Pull
jars.
up any thrifty growing plant and put
roots
its
into one of these vessels of
Stand both
water.
on a table side by side. Note the dif-
vessels
ference in the
amount
of water in each vessel
What
day by day. caused the in
each
loss of
vessel?
has
water
Why
the difference?
The same shown by placing a clean dry
Where
ing plant.
fact
does the moisture come from that
How
appears on the inner surface of the glass?
you show that ^.
this does not
come from the
can
soil?
Air-derived and Soil-derived Foods
Select a dry plant or a piece of dry wood. carefully.
may be
glass vessel over a grow-
Now burn
it
and weigh the
per cent of the plant burned?
What
Weigh
ashes.
per cent
is
it
What ashes?
The ashes represent the food derived from the soil when was growing, and the part that burned represents the food derived from the air. the plant
LESSONS IX AGRICULTUEE
204
Free Bulletins, U.
S.
Dept. of Agriculture
Farmers' Bulletins No. 46. Irrigatiou in Humid Climates. No. 116. Irrigation in Fruit Growing. No. 138. Irrigation in Field and Garden. No. 158. How to Build Small Irrigation Ditches.
— — — —
Table showing proportions of water in farm crops: One bushel of root crops contains about 55 pounds of water. One bushel of potatoes contains about 45 pounds of water. One bushel of corn (dry, shelled) contains about 5 pounds of water.
One One One One
bushel bushel ton of ton of
of wheat contains about 6 pounds of water. of oats contains about 3 pounds of water. dry hay contains about 300 pounds of water. green feed contains from 1,500 to 1,800 pounds of
water.
Note. This represents only the water left in the plants and seeds as a part of them. By far the greater amount used by the plant passes off to the air through the pores in the leaves.
Problems 1.
If rain falls
cubic inches
is
Per square rod
an inch deep on the
How many
how many
Per square yard
?
cubic feet per square rod
?
that per square foot ?
level,
?
Per acre ? 2.
About how many barrels
of water fall on an acre
with one inch rainfall? 3.
How many
4.
The
ginia
is
tons will this water weigh?
total rainfall
about four
during the year in West Vir-
What
feet.
does the water weigh
that falls during the year on a square yard of ground?
On
a square rod
5. is
?
How many
tons to the acre
Suppose the plants use one-eighth of
?
this,
what
the weight of the water used by a square yard of
vegetation 6.
?
A
square rod
?
An
acre
?
Suppose potatoes contain three-fourths of their
BOOT SYSTEM OF PLANT
How many
weight of water.
205
pounds of water in a
bushel of potatoes? If 150 bushels per acre of potatoes
7.
how many pounds
is
a good yield,
of water in the potatoes
grown on an
acre?
LESSON LXI THE EOOT SYSTEM OF THE PLANT Kinds of root systems.— The root system of the plant group of roots upon the plant.
consists of the entire
There are two kinds of root systems (1)
Tap-root
—central
coming out from beet, radish,
(2)
it.
and turnip.
Fibrous root
Examples
size.
main root with smaller roots Examples may be found in the
—many
roots of nearly the
such as timothy and blue grass. types
may have many
Roots and
same
of this type are seen in the grasses,
tillage.
Either of these two
modifications.
— Methods
of cultivation should
take into account the nature of the roots of the plants.
Tap-rooted plants require depth of
soil,
and
will
permit
deeper and closer cultivation than fibrous rooted plants.
On
the other hand, fibrous rooted plants, such as the
by too deep cultivation during The fibrous roots of such plants are near the surface of the ground, and when destroyed by deep cultivation, much of the food supply of the plant is cut off, and to that extent the plant is injured
corn, are often injured
the growing season.
or retarded in
its
growth.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
206 Root-hairs.
— On the roots of the corn in our germinawe saw
tion test box,
great numbers of fine root-hairs.
These are the principal feeding organs of the plant.
They have the power to transfer the water and the plant food from the soil to the rootlets. If water does not exist as capillary water in the
the root-hairs
soil,
are unable to do their work.
Purpose of
roots.
—The
ifications serves three
(1)
It
root system in
all its
mod-
purposes to the plant
absorbs and conducts water and plant food
dissolved in the water.
Fig. 81.
(2)
Root Systems of Plants
It reaches long distances in the
holds the plant firmly in (
3)
ground and thus
its place.
It furnishes a storehouse for
as in the case of the radishes, beets,
much
food material,
and turnips.
Practical Exercises 1.
Dig up a Observe that the stem.
A
Study of Boots
clover plant it
and remove the
soil
from
it.
has a strong central root which joins
jMake a drawing of the clover root system.
Dig up a
single timothy plant with as
many
of
its
EOOT SYSTEM OF PLANT roots as possible,
serve the
many
and remove the
soil
207
from them.
similar roots projecting
Ob-
from the stem.
Make a drawing of the root system of the timothy. Examine the beet, turnip, or carrot. Observe that these vegetables are a thickened or fleshy tap-root,
and
Make
contain large quantities of stored food material. a drawing of this type of "root.
Make classify
a
list
of the
them as
common
plants of the farm, and
system
to the character of their root
under the following divisions
2.
The Boot System of the Corn Plant
Carefully remove as
much
of the entire root system
of a growing corn plant as possible.
away from the and
separately,
roots.
Wash
all
the soil
Remove and measure each
find the total length of the
root
whole root
system.
Place a corn seedling with of water,
its
root system in a glass
which has been colored with red
ink.
Note
the rise of the colored liquid into the stem and leaves. Explain.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
208
LESSON LXII CLOVER AND OTHER LEGUMES
On some
when the wind is not blowing and the ground is thawing, we shall sow clover seed in our wlieat field, number 2, on the farm. It will mild day in
JNlareh,
require about one bushel of seed to sow the ten acres,
and our seed this
to
We
about $7 or $8.
will cost
must charge
our expense account to be balanced up with
profits later.
Restoring
nitrogen
the
to
soil.
— Nitrogen
is
the
element which under ordinary conditions of farming
The farmer's
likely to be soonest exhausted.
is
tion
must early be turned
gen
to his soil.
all
to
methods of restoring
Of course the
elements of fertility to the
yard manure, but There
is
it
is
nitro-
method of restoring is by the use of barn-
best soil
not always possible to do
this.
a class of plants, however, called legumes, that
have the power of adding nitrogen beans, clovers, alfalfa,
etc.,
to the soil.
belong to this
the purpose of this lesson to discover
add nitrogen
how
class.
Peas, It is
these plants
to the soil.
Nitrogen in the air.— Air gases, nitrogen is
atten-
and oxygen.
oxygen and the other
composed largely of two About one-fifth of the air
is
four-fifths is nitrogen.
It is
the oxygen that causes iron to rust, coal to burn, or
wood
to decay.
On
the other hand, nitrogen does not
combine readily with other substances. It dilutes the oxygen of the air by being mixed with it, and prevents the oxygen from burning
up everything
in the world,
CLOVER AND OTHER LEGUMES and thus makes the
air
fit
bacteria.
soil,
in the air.
is
— Little
germs, called bacteria, live in the
upon
Farm
for animals to breathe.
erops cannot use this "free" nitrogen that
Nitrogen - gathering
209
plant
-
like
and these feed
These germs fasten
this free nitrogen in the air.
themselves to the roots of the legumes, such as clover
and cowpeas, and build that are
colonies
little
These
called tubercles.
about as
are
tubercles
large as pinheads,
may
easily
the
roots
beans,
and
and
be seen on of
clover,
The
peas.
interesting thing about
these germs
do not
is
seem
that they
grow
to
without the clover, and the
clover
thrive
germs.
does
not
without In
most
the soils
Fig.
59.
the germs will find the clover,
but occasionally
soils
to be sprinkled over the
the
young clover
Tubercles on the Roots OF Soy Beans
from old clover
new
fields
have
clover fields in order for
to ''catch."
These germs found in the tubercles on the roots of legumes, in feeding upon the nitrogen of the large quantities of the nitrogen in the plant soil
about the plant.
additional
nitrogen
If this is
crop
added
to
is
air, store
and
in the
plowed under, the
soil,
and
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
210 the
properties
physical
of
the
soil
are
proved by the humus which the clover affords. the
secret
of
clover-growing on the farm.
clover, cowpeas, soy l)eans,
and vetch
also
im-
This
is
Crimson
will serve the
same
to the farmer as the red clover, and each farmer must learn which of these legumes are best suited to his
purpose
locality.
Fig. 60.
Leaves op Legumes
Practical Exercises 1.
Find
Ohservational Studies of the Legumes
in the fields
and bring
the following legumes, or as
to the school for
many
of
them
study
as possible:
Clovers, cowpeas, vetch, beans, alfalfa, black locust, etc.
Be
sure that you find roots of clover showing the tuber-
CLOVER AND OTHER LEGUMES
is
(Make
suggested.
your drawings
in
your notebook)
Make
size,
and
:
shape, and arrangement
a drawing of each kind of legume
you have.
2.
a
all
outline for study
records of your observation
Observe the number,
1.
of the leaves. leaf
The following
nodules on them.
eles or
211
Observe the number and length of the stems from
common
or twining
root.
Are the stems
erect, spreading, trailing,
?
3.
Are there many, few, or no branches?
4.
If in
bloom notice the place,
of the blossom.
Make
size,
form, and color
a drawing of the blossom of each
legume. 5.
If in seed, note the kind,
the seed pods.
and the size and form of a pod, and an enlarged sketch 6.
Observe the form,
Look
roots.
number, and shape of
Note the number of seeds in the pods, single seed.
Draw
a seed
of a single seed.
size,
number, and length of the
closely for nodules
on the
roots.
Make a
drawing of the roots of one legume. 2.
Solving
Legumes
Write a paragraph describing the methods of sowing clover seed, alfalfa, cowpeas, or any other legume which
you have seen sown
at
home
or in the neighborhood.
Problems (See page 1^8.) 1.
in the
How
does clover compare with other kinds of hay
amoant
Potash
?
of nitrogen
it
contains?
Phosphoric acid?
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
212 If
2.
two tons of hay per acre
how much
of each fertilizer
is
is an average yield, removed yearly with the
crop from eight acres of ground?
Wliich kind of hay makes the richest manure?
3.
Why?
How much
4.
more of nitrogen
five acres of clover
in a crop of twenty-
hay, yielding three tons per acre,
than in the same number of acres of mixed hay yielding
two tons per acre ?
Where
does this extra nitrogen come
from ?
How many
5.
raise 6.
on the farm
How many
tons of each kind of hay did you
year?
last
tons of hay did you
sell
last
year?
How many
pounds of each of the three important kinds of "soil fertility" did you sell? How many pounds altogether ? Free Bulletins, U.
S.
— Cowpeas. No. 194.— Alfalfa Seed. 214. —Beneficial Bacteria No. No.
Dept. of Agriculture
89.
for
Leguminous Crops.
No. 215.— Alfalfa Growing.
LESSON LXIII CROP ROTATION Necessity for crop rotation.— The sowing of clover seed on our wheat ground
and the spring planning for
corn, suggests the subject of crop rotation. to
If
we
are
farm wisely and be prosperous, we must study and
The farmer tries to raise those him the largest returns in money.
practice crop rotation.
crops which will give
CEOP ROTATION
213
but in doing this he often loses sight of the future.
He
may
and
my
the crop for
me
reason thus
soil will raise
raise."
to
same
:
"If corn
is
a high price
good corn, then corn
So year after year he
fields until
he finds that his
good crop of corn.
The cause
is
is
on the
raises corn soil will
not raise a
Corn
not far to seek.
requires the same kind of plant food year after year,
and unless
this food is restored in
becomes exhausted of some of
some way, the
soil
So the farmer
its fertility.
needs to consider, not only the returns he will get from his crop this year, but the effect that the crop will
upon the
Cover crops. soil
have
soil.
— On
all
sloping lands,
if
neglected, the
may wash into gullies, and in a few years a fermay be completely ruined. Such lands should kept in grass as much as possible, and when such
tile field
be
lands are cropped, the rows should run lengthwise the
and not up and down the slope, thus checking the One of the best means of preventing washing of the soil is to plant a crop in the fall that will cover the ground thickly before freezing weather, hill
tendency to wash.
and thus not only hold the soil, but prevent its being packed by the rain. Such crops are called cover crops. Rye or the clovers are especially used for this purpose. A system of crop rotation. Crop rotation consists in growing one kind of crop on the ground this year,
—
another kind of crop requiring different plant foods the
next year,
still
another the year following, and so on,
the crops following each other in succession, lar intervals.
For example, our
field
and
number
at regu-
2
(see
LESSOAS IN AGRICULTUEE
214
map
After the wheat
clover will be allowed to
grow
all
is
vantages
mentioned above.
grow
will be allowed to
cut for hay.
A
and we allow
to
cut in July, the
summer and
to go into the winter as a cover crop,
up,
sown
of the farm) at present in wheat will be
clover this spring.
with
fall,
all
and
the ad-
Next spring the clover
and
into blossom,
will then be
second crop of the clover will spring this to go to seed
and
to be thrashed
out in September, or to go into the winter as a cover
The following spring we shall plow under The following the clover, and plant our field to corn. September we may sow the field to wheat, and the next crop again.
spring return to clover again. tion
may
is
This system of rota-
Of
well suited to the central states.
be special reasons
for
modifying
methods of rotation equally good
will
course, there
it,
and other
occur to the
thoughtful farmer. Results of rotation.
—During
this rotation period a
cover crop has been plowed under, and a sod of clover
two years old has been turned into the
soil.
The clover
has added to the food supply for the two grain crops,
and has improved the texture of the it
will produce, besides
it
soil
by the humus
has furnished pasture, hay,
cover crop, and seed in the meantime.
If the clover
sod be treated with lime and phosphoric acid, just be-
turned under for the corn crop, the yield of the corn will be greatly increased, and the wheat folfore
it is
lowing the corn in the rotation, will be favorably affected
by the additional
fertilizer.
CEOP ROTATION
215
Practical Exercises
Systems of Crop Eotations
1.
Copy
the two following systems of crop rotation in
your notebook and memorize them
(a)
Sow
clover seed in the wheat in
March
or April.
Harvest the wheat as usual, and allow the clover to remain as a cover crop for the winter. (b)
(c)
Plow up the
(d)
Plant to corn.
(e)
Sow wheat Sow clover
(f )
clover sod the following April.
in the corn in September.
seed in the wheat again in March.
II If the land
much reduced
is
or of a poor
soil,
the
and proceeds as in (I) above, except instead of plowing up the clover for corn in the
rotation begins at (c),
spring, allow
may
it
to
stand another season.
hay crop
then be harvested in June or July, and a seed crop
in the
following
September, after which proceed as
in (I).
Tabulate the following in your notebook Rotation of Crops Series
A
a.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
216
Crop Eotations on the
2.
Home Farm
Describe the system of crop rotation used on your
Give in detail each step as the outline
father's farm.
suggests above.
Compare the system used at your home with those members of the class. Criticize and discuss the various methods. described by the other
Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture No. 289. Practices in Crop Rotation. No. 320. Relation of Sugar Beets to General Farming.
— —
Problems 1.
If corn is planted in rows four feet apart each
many hills to the acre? With hill, how many ears to the acre!
way, how to the 2.
If
it
takes 100 ears to
bushels to the acre 3.
Which
make
a bushel,
how many
?
the better crop
is
three good ears
?
Five stalks to the
hill
that bear ears requiring 200 to make a bushel, or three stalks to the hill that bear ears requiring 100 to make a bushel 4.
1
How many
bushels per acre
is
one crop better
than the other ? 5.
Suppose a ten-acre
field
produces sixty bushels
of corn per acre the first year, but falls off five bushels
per acre yearly
when corn
is
continually grown on
what will be the yield the fourth year 6.
What
will be the total
With corn worth 30
loss
it,
?
in the
cents per bushel, what
four years? is
the
money
loss? 7.
Suppose
this loss can be avoided
by rotation of
SPRAYING FOR SCALES
What
crops.
is
217
saved yearly, per acre, on this basis
from rotation of crops? "What
8.
the value of one acre of tobacco, 1,500
is
pounds, at 8 cents per pound?
What
9. els,
is
the value of one acre of oats, sixty bush-
at 30 cents per bushel?
10.
What
11.
is
the value of one acre of clover, three
$6 per ton?
tons, at
AVhat
is
,
the value
of
one acre of corn,
fifty
bushels, at 40 cents per bushel? 12.
What
is
the value of one acre of peas, twenty
bushels, at $1.50 per bushel?
LESSON LXIV SPRAYING FOR SCALES month we must spray our peach and apple trees to rid them of San Jose and other scale insects, or to insure against them should there be none present. The reason for doing this work in March is because the insecticides we must use against the scale would be During
this
injurious to the foliage of the trees.
San Jose
scale.
— The
San Jose
most dreaded enemies of the it
is
an
scale
fruit trees.
is
one of the
In most states
illegal act to sell fruit trees infested
This insect
is
very minute, yet
it
with
it.
spreads rapidly and
soon covers the branches of the trees with a grayish scale,
beneath which
from the
tree.
is
the living pest, sucking the life
Probably the best thing
to
do when one
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
218
finds that the scale has almost completely covered his fruit trees, is
promptly
to cut
that are in a dying condition. are several insecticides that
down and burn
the trees
If taken in time there
may
be successfully used.
There are a number of reliable firms that put up ready
Coiirtcny of
Fig. 61.
a.
Oyster Shell Scale B. Scurfy Scale, Scale
W. c.
E. Rumsey San Jose
mixed preparations, such as the lime-sulphur solutions, and the miscible oils, and where only a few trees are to be sprayed, it is best to buy the ready-
whale-oil soaps,
made use
mixtures.
Full and easily followed directions for
accompany the
materials.
SPRAYING FOR SCALES Lime-sulphur.
—If
219
one wishes to prepare his
own
spray material, the best insecticide for scale when the plant
is
dormant season
in the
is
the lime-sulphur wash,
prepared as follows
Lime
8 pounds.
Sulphur
16 pounds.
Water
10 gallons.
Boil together for about forty minutes, then dilute one gallon of the mixture with ten of water. is
now ready
for the spray
The
solution
pump.
Practical Exercises 1.
It
may
Spraying for Scale
not seem possible for the school to do the prac-
work suggested in this exercise, but every effort should be made to make it possible. If any farmer in the neighborhood has a spray pump, ask him to loan it for use at the school. He may have tical
a gallon of ready-mixed lime-sulphur solution which he
would
let
you have.
Dilute the gallon to about ten or
twelve gallons with water, place in the spray
pump, and
spray a few trees in the vicinity of the school.
Make
a
notebook record of this lesson. f.
Spraying House-plants against Lice
The following mixture plant
lice
when
is
the foliage
often used for scale is
on the
trees, or it
and
may
be used to rid house plants of the plant lice or scale
Hard soap Water
1 pt.
Kerosene
2 pts.
1 oz.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
220
Shave the soap into the water and heat almost boiling.
Remove
add the kerosene.
Now
sistency.
water, and
mixture
is
it
the soap solution from the Stir the mixture into a
dilute this mixture with is
ready to apply to the
to
and
fire,
creamy con-
two gallons foliage.
of
This
called kerosene emulsion.
Both the lime-sulphur and the kerosene emulsion
de-
stroy the sucking insects by corroding their bodies and
stopping up their breathing pores. Problems 1.
Fifty gallons of properly diluted lime-sulphur
lution will spray about twenty
young
fruit trees.
so-
The
material for a fifty-gallon barrel will cost about $1.
How much 2.
What
will
it
cost to spray 100 trees?
are the proportions necessary to
make up
a
barrel of kerosene emulsion, using the same as suggested in the second exercise given above? 3.
How much
will
it
cost to
spray the
five
acres
of orchard on our forty-acre farm, counting one acre in
peach trees and four acres in apple trees?
apple trees are ten years years old.
old,
and the peach
Determine the number of trees of each that
should occupy the ground. Reference:
The
trees seven
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 127.
PRUNING FRUIT TREES
221
LESSON LXV PRUNING FRUIT TREES
—
Before the buds of the trees begin and the leaves to appear we must prune our vines and fruit trees. Perhaps there are old trees that should be renewed, young trees that have dead or crowd-
Time
to prune.
to swell
ed limbs to be removed, or mild prunings to be on very young trees and vines.
much
skill
and study, and each
made
Proper pruning requires tree
is
a separate problem
in pruning.
Reasons for pruning.
—We
prune for the following
reasons
To modify the vigor of the tree. To produce larger and better fruit. To keep the tree within manageable shape and
1.
2. 3.
limits. 4.
5. 6. 7.
To remove superfluous or injured parts. To facilitate spraying and harvesting. To facilitate tillage. To produce new wood growth.
Mild pruning every year tends to maintain the
bal-
ance of the tree, aids the fruit grower more easily and surely to shape the tree to his ideal, and makes the
more fruitful. Pruning young trees.
tree
—
In pruning very young trees, and two-year-old stock just set out, two methods are usually pursued First, the method of cutting off all the side branches to one or two buds, leaving a straight central stem which that
is,
one-
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
222 is
in
This method
headed back severely.
pruning young peach
is
used especially
trees.
Second, the method of cutting away
all of
the branches
but one leader and three or four main side branches, cut back to four or five buds, left to furnish the bases of the lower spreading limbs.
two-year-old
This method
apple trees in starting the
is
used with
first
main
branches. It is best to leave tiie
down on
branches growing rather low
the trunk of the
young
tree in order to af-
ford shade for the trunk and ground beneath, and to
spraying and the gathering of the
fruit.
Fruit trees are not grown for lumber, but for
fruit,
facilitate the
and peaches and apples
will not
grow on the trunks of
trees.
Renewing- old orchards. to
buy and
to the time
—
young
set out
when they
and careful tending.
will
It is a
fascinating pleasure
and
trees,
to look
forward
repay us for the long wait
But there
is
that long interim
between the planting and the harvesting which we must
Perhaps while we are waiting for the young
expect. trees,
lected,
we
are forgetting the old orchard that stands neg-
though
trying to renew
still
ing of every season.
with the same
our young
skill
wfth the com-
and labor that we are bestowing on
and they yielding us an abundance of trees,
its life
Let us turn to these old trees
will
repay a hundredfold,
fine fruit
before our young
trees have learned to blossom.
The tops
of the trees are old
their unexplored
and unsprayed
and high, and from heights,
only a few
PEUNING FEUIT TREES
wormy
Cut away one-third
apples drop prematurely
or one-half of this top, and
new
the
of the tree will
life
manifest
itself in a
growth
of
water
lower
down
on
These
should
away
vigorous sprouts,
the
then
tree.
cut
be
the next year, except a
few which should be pruned and left to form new All
branches.
surfaces
cut
should be painted with white or red lead to prevent decay.
The
dead
branches,
found in old be
and
dying
which are always
removed,
trees,
and
should
all
such
branches should be cut close
main stem from which branch. The dead branches are a menace to the
to the
they
rest
of the
orchard,
for
in
them live and breed the insect and fungous pests. Perhaps in our old trees there are bad forks. These should
be
bolted
together.
Perhaps there are great rotten cavities. These should be
62. Young Apple Tree Properly Pruned for Setting Out
Fig.
cleaned out, washed with copper sulphate solution, and
LESSONS IX AGE [CULTURE
224
with cement. The rough bark should be scraped and the trunk of the tree washed with lime or soap suds. The trees should then be sprayed for scale, as suggested in the last lesson, and when the blossoms fall filled
off,
next month, the trees should be sprayed for codling
moth, as will be explained in a later lesson. in our old orchard for
many
If the soil
poor and has not been cultivated
is
manure and renew it, and bring
years, a top-dressing of stable
lime worked into the the old trees into
soil will
new
help to
fruitfulness.
Practical Exercises
Bring ples
to
Pruning a Young Apple Tree
1.
'
the schoolroom
and peach
young nursery stock
one and two years old.
trees,
—ap-
Select a
good specimen of apple tree that has grown several side branches
and a strong
branches to four or
Prune back the
leader.
five buds,
side
leaving an outside bud
just below the cut surface on each
pruned branch. Head The little tree
back the leader to six or seven buds. is
now ready
to enter its season of growth.
Next ^larch the portion of the
tree left as a leader
the year before would have to be tree
was
at first,
and
so
stocky branches were formed low the tree.
See figure S.
Go
pruned as the
little
on until a scaffold of strong,
down on
the trunk of
62.
Pruning an Old Apple Tree
an old orchard where the trees have been negand have grown tall and unshapely. First cut Remove all limbs out all dead and dying branches.
lected
to
PEUNING FEUIT TREES that cross each other
and rub
toward the center of the
down
at
least
leaves on all
the top branches
notice to cut a large limb off just
above a branch that this
all
one-third or one-half of the crown of
Always
the tree.
grow
together, or that
Cut
tree.
225
branch
wounds with
is
may
to be
in order that the
Be careful
paint.
limbs that they do not split
an inch or two
left,
help to heal the wound.
down
into the limb
in
sawing large
Saw
as they fall.
on the under side and
back of the cut which removes the limb.
moved should be cut
Cover"
close to the
All limbs re-
main branches from
which they are taken in order that the wound may heal Experience
properly. l)est
way
has
shown that
to renew the old trees.
after such severe treatment,
if
this
is
the
Within three years properly followed up
with careful pruning of the water sprouts, the tree will bear large quantities of fruit
tree-top.
on a newly formed
(See cut beloAv.)
Eeference:
Farmers' Bulletin No. 181.
Fig. 62a.
Old Apple Trees Pruned
APRIL On
the farm.
—During
busy on the farm.
this
There
month we
shall be very
spring plowing to do, gar-
is
den to make, trees and shrubs to plant, fruit trees to propagate and spray, and corn to plant.
LESSON LXVI GRAFTING FRUIT TREES In the early April when the sap begins to flow in the fruit trees,
we
shall
propagate some new varieties of
apples in the tops of the older trees.
known
we can
as grafting,
a process
There are two common meth-
ferent varieties of fruits.
ods of grafting
By
force trees to produce dif-
—the tongue or whip graft, and the
cleft
graft. Practical Exercises 1.
The Tongue Graft
If the class cannot go to
an orchard for
this lesson,
bring several branches of apple tree into the school-
room.
Choose a stock upon which you intend to graft
the desired variety. sired a twig that tree at the point
is
Then
where you wish
to select the shoot or scion tree.
select
from the variety
de-
about the thickness of the young to graft.
Be
careful
from a healthy part of the
Cut the scion and stock as you would the mouth
parts of a boy's whistle, then the cut surface.
make
a vertical
slit
across
Join the cut end of the scion to the 226
GRAFTING FEUIT TREES cut end of the stock and wrap with cord.
When you
of each
is
a,
cambium
raffia
or
waxed
join them, notice that under the bark
This
a thin layer of soft, juicy tissue.
To make a
cambium.
called the
227
Fig. 63. Whip b, stock c,
Scion
;
;
in the scion
is
successful graft, the
Grafting united
;
d,
tied.
must exactly join the cambium in
the stock. 2.
For the grafting of
scions
of
The Cleft Graft
of larger scions or for the grafting
various kinds of apple
trees
upon the
branches of one stock, the cleft graft method
is
used.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
228
The stock
is
cut square across, and the scions, either
one or two, are cut into wedges at the end, and slipped into a cleft of the stock.
must come
The cambium of the
scions
with the cambium of the stock as in the former method. After the scions are forced in contact
Pig. 64.
Cleft Grafting
Prepared scion c,
graft
;
b,
scions
waxed
in
place
over.
into the cleft of the stock, the whole exposed surface,
and the
cleft left open,
ing wax.
should be covered with the graft-
(See figure.)
and 4 parts
(1 part tallow, 2 parts beeswax,
resin.
Trees may. be budded or grafted upon one another only
when they
are nearly related.
There are some rare
exceptions to this rule.
Have pupils write a description of these methods and make drawings of the grafts. Each pupil in the class should make these grafts for himself, and if possible, the
work should be done
Eeferenees:
in the orchard.
Farmers' Bulletins, Nos. 113, 161, 154, and
157.
PROPAGATION FROM CUTTINGS
229
LESSON LXVII PLANT PROPAGATION FROM CUTTINGS Purposes of plant propagation. plant propagation
is
to obtain
— The
purpose of
all
more individual plants
or newer strains of plants; to perpetuate a particular
and keep the stock Most farm crops and garden vege-
variety; or to renew the generation
from dying
out.
FiG.
65.
Stem Cutting, or COLEUS
tables reproduce the varieties
Slip,
of
wanted from seeds; but
most fruit trees and shrubs do not, and in such cases the plants have to be reproduced by buds, grafts, layers,
or cuttings.
We
have already learned how plants propa-
gate by seeds, and
how
to the desired varieties
other
known
common method as cuttings.
fruit trees
by grafting.
may
be
made over
There remains an-
of plant propagation to study,
Cuttings
may
be
made from
soft or
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
230
unripe wood, or from hard and fully matured wood.
Of the
soft kinds are cuttings (or slips)
of geraniums,
and the like. Of the hard kinds are cuttings grapes and currants.
fuchsias,
of
Soft cuttings.
which are
—Soft
sufficiently
They are composed plant. The leaves
Fig.
lower end, and
66.
if
cuttings
mature
of
to
are
from one
shoots
of
to three joints of the
of cuttings are
Leaf Cutting
made
snap when bent double.
removed from the
— Whole
Leaf
the upper leaves are large, they should
Sandy
be cut in two to prevent too rapid drying out. soil free
from vegetable matter
Hardwood taken in the
cuttings.
best for soft cuttings.
—Hardwood cuttings are usually
fall or winter.
or more buds.
is
They are composed
of two
If these cuttings are taken in the fall,
they are buried in sand to be kept until spring,
they are set in the ground up to the top bud.
such cuttings
month.
may
when
However,
be taken and placed during this
PKOPAGATION FEOM CUTTINGS
331
Practical Exercises
Soft Cuttings
1.
Provide a neat painted window-box;
sand and keep in a
warm
fill
it
with moist
Bring stem cuttings
place.
of geraniums, coleuses, fuchsias, begonias, or other house plants,
which may be obtained from home, insert the
slips into the moist sand,
the cuttings.
Remove
all
Keep the sand warm and from day to day.
Fig. 67.
and firm the sand well about but two or three of the leaves. moist,
and watch the growth
Guapevine Well Trellised
The leaves of the Rex begonia and wax plant may be propagated by inserting the edge of the leaf or even a piece of the leaf in sand and supplying plenty of moisture and warmth. flat,
A
leaf
may
right side up, on the surface of the sand
tened
down
at intervals
it
with
be laid
and
by splinters through the
fas-
veins.
Plants will spring up at the bottom edges of the leaf or at cut places in the veins. S.
Select a dozen or vines,
Hardwood Cuttings
more freshly made cuttings of grape
taken from the previous year's growth.
tings should consist of three or four buds.
and thoroughly pulverize the
soil
in
The
cut-
Spade up
some warm rich
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
332
corner of the school grounds, making a plot about three Insert the grape cuttings in a slanting
feet square.
bud exposed. very firmly about the cuttings, and cover
position in the fine, loose
Press the
soil
the plot with a
soil,
mulch of hay or
posed buds of the cuttings. well watered all of
lot
leaving one
grass, except the ex-
If the plot could be kept
summer, and free from weeds, a
new grape
fine
plants would grow, ready to be set
permanently the next spring.
may
Poplar and willow trees
propagated
easily be
from hardwood cuttings. Farmers' Bulletins, Nos. 157 and 218.
References:
LESSON LXVIII PROPAGATION OF RASPBERRIES Layering'.
— The black raspberry illustrates
of plant propagation,
known
shoot or root, which while is
made
as layering.
still
A
a
method
layer
is
a
attached to the plant,
to take root with the intention that
severed and form an independent plant.
it
shall be
In the case of
the black raspberry, the tip of the stem or the whole
stem
is
bent to the ground and covered with earth.
the tip or the joints, as the case
may
At
be, roots are emit-
The layers are usually allowed to remain one season before they are severed and set out as new plants. Almost any plant having shoots which can be bent to the ground can be propagated by layers; but the best ted.
result
in
layering
rather soft wood.
is
obtained in plants which have
PROPAGATION OF RASPBEREIES
233
Practical Exercises Field Practice in Layering
1.
Go
to
some neighboring garden or berry patch and have bent over during
find black raspberry plants that
the previous
up one
summer and taken
Pull
root at the tips.
of the tips and- note the beginning of a
root system.
See
if
you can
find
new
where a new stem has
already begun to grow from a tip layer.
Cut
off
the
stem that has bent over, about six or eight inches above
where the
tip has rooted.
Fig. 68.
and
3^ou
have a
little
be transplanted.
Dig up the
roots at the tip,
Raspberry Layering
raspberry plant that
j\Iake
some
tip
layers
is
ready to
by bending
down other stems and covering the tips with To prune the raspberry vines, cut away the last bearing canes.
earth.
year's
Cut back the present year's growth
to
about three feet during the month of July. Notice that the red raspberry does not bend over and root at the tip as the black raspberry does, but that
new
stalks spring
up
at intervals
from the root under-
LESSOiXS IN AGRICULTUKE
234 ground. left
to
The red raspberry thus spreads rapidly and spend
will
itself
its
rather than producing berries.
by cutting
off all the
new
if
energy in growing canes This can be prevented
shoots but two or three for
the next year's growth.
Make
a notebook record of
all
these observations,
and
write a paragraph describing the difference between the
methods of propagation of the black and red raspberries.
LESSON LXIX SCHOOL GARDENING
Awakened
interest in school gardens.
interest to the ])oys
and
girls
—
who read
It
may
be of
this lesson to
learn something about the value, the development,
the nature of school garden
has been a tries
common
work
in this country.
practice in several
and It
European coun-
for fully a century to conduct gardens in con-
work of the public schools, and the idea making gardening a part of the school work is rapidly
nection with the of
growing in favor in our own country. In gardening, two practical lessons in agriculture arc
taught
first
hand
:
first,
the thorough preparation of the
seed bed; and, second, the results of good cultivation in
providing the surface mulch and in killing the weeds. Essentials of gardening.
—The ground for the garden
should be of a warm, rich, sandy loam, and be well under-drained.
In preparing the ground for planting,
great care and patience should be exercised in enriching it
and thoroughly pulverizing the top
soil.
The seeds
SCHOOL GAKDENING
235
should be pure and healthy, and not planted too deep,
and the surface of the soil should not be allowed to become too dry while the seeds are germinating. These are fundamental requirements in all gardening. Practical Exercises 1.
Selecting and Preparing the Garden
The size and shape of the school garden will, of course, depend upon the amount of land available. The school garden should not encroach upon the playgrounds. If the school lot is too small, perhaps a farmer whose land
Fig. 69.
School Garden
adjoins would be willing to give or rent a plot for school garden purposes.
If the teacher
and pupils are
willing to have a school garden, there need be no trouble to find
this
land enough for
it.
If the school
month, a school garden should by
is
in session
all
means be
begun. If
it is
not feasible to have a large garden with in-
dividual or group plots, select a corner of the school
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
236
grounds, on which to make a sample garden plot, as a
may
demonstration lesson from which the pupils
how
to
make
similar garden plots at home.
space with rich feet
long,
soil,
learn
Select a
about four feet wide by sixteen
and thoroughly clean away
all
weeds and
trash from this plot.
Spade up the ground as deeply as possible. About pound of commercial fertilizer may now be sprinkled over the plot, or a few shovelfuls of well-rotted manure may be worked into the ground. Rake over the plot and break up all the clods. It is a good plan to go over the ground with the hands, crumbling the soil as fine as meal. Level the bed up slightly higher than the rest of the ground. Stake the four corners and mark off a sharp, clean-cut edge for the bed, and make a neat, clean
a
path around
it.
The garden
is 2.
now ready
for planting.
Planting the School Garden
In plenty of time before this lesson
is
given the teacher
should take a penny collection from the pupils, and send
Home Gardening Association, Cleveland, Ohio, seed packages. Many of the seeds may easily be
to the
for
obtained at the homes of the pupils.
Under the
direc-
tion of the teacher, the garden plot prepared in the pre-
vious exercise should be
marked
off for
planting.
accompanying diagram should be drawn on
stiff
The card-
boards by each pupil, before going to the garden for this exercise.
The
plot,
which
is
four feet wide, should be cross-
furrowed, according to the scale shown above.
Make
SCHOOL GARDENING the furrows about two inches deep. the furrows, as
with the press
soil
down
it
shown by the
237
Place the seeds in
stars in the diagram.
Cover
according to the size of the seeds, and
Now we are ready Each pupil should now make
firmly with the hands.
for the seeds to grow.
Sweet corn, three rows. (Three grains in each place.)
Dwarf bunch beans, two rows. *
t
*
*
*
c
*
*
Potatoes, three
hills.
Cucumbers, three
hills.
Optional.
Optional. Optional. Beets, three rows.
Dwarf •
two rows.
peas,
*«•***** Onion »«•*»••****
sets,
two rows.
Radishes, three rows.
Lettuce, three rows.
Flower seeds. Fig. 70.
Garden Plot.
One-Fourth Inch Equals One Foot
a garden plot similar to this one, at his home,
and
port daily to the class the progress of his garden.
re-
As
the garden grows, weeds must be pulled, insects watched for,
and replanting done,
if
necessary.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
238
The following table should be copied and filled out in connection with the lesson
in the notebooks
exercises of this
:
Plants
I
When
How Deep
Planted
Distance
When
I
Apart
Injuries
Appear
I
I
Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Farmers Bulletins. No. 218.— The School Garden. '
Extracts.
No. 113.
— Experimental
Gardens and Grounds.
LESSON LXX HOME GARDENING Importance of the garden. about school gardens garden.
will,
—What
much
of
it,
has been said
apply
to the
home
Every family in the country should have a
garden because of the profit and satisfaction which affords.
The garden
the farm, but
it
is
is,
it
or should be, the best part of
often neglected by the farmer for
other work which he thinks more important.
Every
dweller in town or city could very materially lessen the cost of living as well as
family, by having a ers
and shrubs
By
the use of flow-
in the proper relation to the vegetable
garden, the whole garden of the
promote the health of the
home garden.
home grounds.
may add much
to the
beauty
HOME GARDENING Some
essentials
of
gardening.
—
1.
239
The
soil
of the
garden should be a warm, well-drained, sand loam.
It
should be well fertilized with barn manure.
The ground should be plowed deeply and well, The so that all litter and manure will be turned under. ground should be harrowed and raked until the top soil All sticks and trash should be removed. is fine. 2.
Fig.
3.
71.
Type of Home Garden
Seeds should be pure, fresh and viable.
Small
seeds should be covered only slightly with finely pul-
verized
soil.
Larger seeds should be planted deeper.
Full directions are usually given on seed packages. 4.
Seeds should be planted on a level in rows far
enough apart
to allow for easy cultivation,
and not up
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
240
on elevated beds to dry out more easily during the hot
summer 5.
days.
The time
of planting will
potatoes
may
matoes,
be planted as early as the ground can
Flower
be worked. etc.,
depend upon the nature
Onions, peas, radishes, lettuce, and
of the vegetable.
seeds,
beans, cabbage, melons, to-
should be planted later when the ground
is
thoroughly warmed. 6.
In transplanting tomatoes,
cabbages,
care
etc.,
should be taken that the plants are set deep and are well shaded for a while from the direct sun light.
cloudy days or towards evening
On
the best time to do
is
transplanting. 7.
Seed beds should not be allowed
come through the ground, the stirred, to
dry out on
to
After the plants have
the surface during germination.
soil
should be frequently
provide the surface mulch, and to keep
down
The plants should be thinned out where
the weeds.
they are overcrowding each other. 8.
All vegetables should be carefully watched as they
begin to develop leaves, to protect them from the bugs. Professor Hatch recommends the use of
Hammond's
"Slug Shot," sprinkled dry on such vegetables ons, cucuhibers, cabbages, etc., to
appearing on these plants.
kill
as mel-
the insect pests
The spray
to use
on po-
tatoes will be described in a later lesson. Practical Exercises 1.
To Grow Early Melons
or
Cucumbers
Cut several turfs of sod, about six inches square, as If pieces as you mean to have hills of melon.
many
the grassy side fibers,
is
firmly
matted, slightly loosen the
but not enough to allow the turf to
fall
apart.
HOME GAEDENING
241
Place the sod, bottom side up, in a shallow box of wood or pasteboard;
if
the earth
is
a few handfuls of good mealy
or eight seeds in this
and keep warm and
soil.
first
the germinating seeds will keep
many
Plant about six
soil.
Place in a sunny
window
moist.
This will constitute the
experiment for
not thick enough, add
days.
part of the lesson, but
up the
When
interest in the
the green seed leaves
have freed themselves from the
shell, notice which are and remove all but the best two. Care for these tenderly, and they will thrive well, free from frost and the striped beetle. They may safely acquire three or four true leaves, and be five or six
the thriftiest plants,
inches
tall,
When
before they are planted out of doors.
warm
the
eight inches deep
part of the garden
late
IMay days come, dig holes about
and
six feet apart in the sunniest
;
put in the bottom of each hole a
spadeful of old well-rotted manure;
cover this with
two inches of sand or fine soil; and on this place the sod with the growing melons, so gently that they will not
know they have been moved.
level
The sod should be
with the ground, and well firmed in place.
that the plants never suffer
weeds pulled, and
stir the
from
surface
thirst. soil
See
Keep the
about the
hill
often until the vines begin to run.
When pinch
each vine has set about a half dozen melons,
off all
blossoms that form, and also the tips of
the branches, so that all plant food
melons
first
chosen.
may
go into the
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
242
2.
Growing Cucumbers Intensively
and dig a hole in the ground barrel midway. Knock the bottom out of the barrel, and set it in the hole in the Select a fertile spot
enough
large
ground. rel,
to
sink
Fill the earth in about the outside of the bar-
and mound the
on the outside.
Now
and keep
it
from breeding in
it.
firmly,
a
soil fill
up
to the
rim of the barrel
the barrel with manure, packed
covered to prevent the house
flies
The bed is ready for planting. Plant five or six cucumber seeds in the mound heaped up about the outside of the barrel. Put about ten seeds in a hill, and when the plants get large enough to vine, remove half of them. Pour several pails of water into the barrel of manure each day, and the water leaching through the manure will furnish the best of fertilizer for the plants, and the necessary moisture for their thrifty growth. These few hills will furnish an abundance of cucumhills of
bers,
and upon a very small space of ground. 3.
Learn
when
to
Cultural Requirements for Vegetables fill
out the following table from
the column of vegetables
is
given;
memory
HOME GAEDENING The Vegetable.
Soil
Requirement.
Loose, deep cool, rich soil
Season Requirement. season
Short crop.
243
Care Requirements. Clean
cultiva-
Protect
tion.
from maggot. 2.
loam
Sandy
Beet.
Full
season.
loose
soil,
and Turnip.
Cool moist
4.
Potato.
Deeply Pulver-
soil.
cool
ized,
Sweet
rich
No
Early planting,
Level culture, frequent til-
season.
full
sandy
soil,
surface. 7.
Cabbage.
spray
Long
season.
Sunny.
Clean
tillage,
wood
ashes
fertilizer.
Moist rich soil with loose
Onion.
after
against beetles.
loam. C.
care sowing.
lage,
in
warm
Loose,
potato.
kept
Short season.
potash. 5.
tillage.
down.
3.
soil,
Good
Weeds
rich.
Cool
season.
and
Early
Cool deep
soil.
season.
Full
Good
surface
Good
tilth.
seed
late.
needed.
Frequent age.
till-
Destroy
the worm. 8.
Cool moist
Spinach.
soil.
Spring and Fall
Grow
in
Good
soil
drills.
crop. 9.
moist
Mellow,
Lettuce.
Short season.
10.
Celery.
prep-
aration.
soil.
rich,
Cool,
moist
well
Full
season.
soil, pre-
The
best surface tillage, blanching.
pared. 11.
Light
Pea.
Short season.
soil.
Grown
in
Easy 12.
Bean.
sandy
Light, loam.
Warm
season,
partial.
drills.
culture.
Clean Poles for
tilth. tall
varieties. 13.
Tomato.
Rich.
"quick"
14.
Cucumbers, Melons,
etc.
Long,
warm
season.
soil.
Loose,
rich,
well prepared seedbed.
Long,
warm
season.
Hill
planting.
Careful pruning and frame supports.
Frequent tillage until vines run.
melon 15.
Asparagus.
rich, moist, cool
Deep,
soil.
lize
Fertioften.
Full
season. Perennial.
Cut
in
top
Combat beetles. fall
and
dress
with manure. Caase cutting in
early
mer.
sum-
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
244
Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture No. 94. The Vegetable Garden. No. 1-54. The Home Fruit Garden: Preparation and Care. No. 156. The Home Vineyard, with Special Reference to Northern Conditions. No. 198. Strawberries. No. 213. Raspberries.
— — — — —
LESSON LXXI BEAUTIFYING HOME AND SCHOOL GROUNDS During
month we
this
shall plant trees, shrubs,
other ornamental plants about our lier in
the season,
and
home grounds.
and Ear-
in plenty of time for planting,
we should have ordered our stock from some reliable house, and when the plants arrive, we should plant them at once. Our home grounds on the farm, as shown
in Lesson
tical exercises
Beautiful
little
contain about two acres.
home grounds.
nor rare plants
With
I,
and problems
—
It
to beautify the
good
expense,
See prac-
for further plans.
does not require wealth
home
taste,
a
or school grounds.
knowledge of the
above principles, and a willingness to work, the homes
and schools of our country could be made more atThe woods are full of wild tractive and more natural. shrubs and flowers that could be growing on our home and school grounds, if we would only transplant them there.
On Arbor day
every school should revive the
community
terest
of the
means
of beautifying the
boys and
girls
and other Back yards cans and broken
in tree planting
home grounds.
with barren ground covered with old tin
down chicken coops
in-
are not the surroundings in which
can grow up into beautiful and useful
BEAUTIFYING GEOUNDS
345
Our minds
are influenced by what we conand if we must look upon ugly landscapes, we tend to grow sordid and ugly in spirit; on the other hand, if we grow up in a home and school surrounded by beautiful natural scenes, our lives must characters.
tinually look upon,
grow more
refined
FIG.
and appreciative.
BEAUTIFi:!.
Hume
—
Principles of landscape gardening-. 1. Provide an open unbroken greensward in front of the house. There is
nothing more ornamental than a wealth of green
grass.
It furnishes the
canvas upon which the land-
scape gardener draws his picture.
It
should not be
daubed up with circular flower beds or other things.
artificial
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
246
Plant trees and shrubs in masses at the back-
2.
ground, against buildings, or on the borders of the
Aim
by the trees and shrubs all objec tionable views and to open up pleasing vistas. lawn.
to hide
Plant flowers at the borders of shrub masses,
3.
along the walks and buildings, but not in circular or
square beds in the open lawn. 4.
Avoid the straight
ing in
all
line in tree
Group the
natural designs.
and allow them
to
and shrub planttrees and shrubs,
swing in graceful curves into the
lawn and about the turns of walks.
and shrubs from native
Select most of the trees
5.
plants that are
known
adapted to the
to be
soil
and
climate. 6.
Follow every rule for successful tree planting
known
(See next lesson.)
to the horticulturist.
Setting the Plants.
—In preparation for planting trees
and shrubs the holes should be dug in diameter
and poor,
it
and two
feet
deep.
at least four feet
If the soil
is
hard
should be replaced by good earth, and
the tree should be
mulched with coarse
litter,
after
the earth has been firmed well about the roots of the tree.
Do
very dry. ly
re-cut
not use water in planting unless the
The cut ends of
all
before planting.
soil
is
roots should be smooth-
Probably one-half of the
top should be pruned from the tree or shrub in order to give balance to the roots.
Plants suggested for I.
home and
List of annual flowers:
danger of
frost
is
over.
school grounds.
—
Seed to be sown after the
The
best results are obtained
BEAUTIFYING GEOUNDS if
247
the plants are started in the house in April
out after the tenth of May.
Dahlia, Mignonette, Myosotis, 2.
Annuals
and
set
Salvia.
Seeds to be sown early.
:
and
Aster, Cockscomb, Cosmos,
April or early
May.
Ageratum, Alyssum, Amaranth, Candytuft, Carnation, Chrysanthemum, Dianthus, Larkspur, Mari-
FiG. 73.
Suggestions for a Farmyard (Prof. Waugh)
gold, Nasturtium,
Petunia, Phlox, Poppy, Sweet Pea,
Verbena, and Zinnia. 3.
List of popular perennials:
the previous summer.
Hollyhock,
Poppy (hardy), Rudbeckia, Sunflower, Sweet
William, Delphinium, and 4.
Plants to be grown
Columbine, Campanula, Canna,
all
hardy pinks.
List of shrubs for borders:
Dwarf Cornus,
Elder,
Forsythia,
Flowering Almond,
Bush Honeysuckle,
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
248
Hydrangea, Japan Quince, Lilac in variety. Privet, Roses in variety, Snowball, Spirea, Sumac, Weigelia,
Norway Spruce, and other evergreens. home and school grounds: Sugar Maple, Norway Maple, Box Elder, White Elm, Silver Maple, White Birch, Catalpa bungei. Tulip tree, Deutsia,
List of trees for
5.
Mulberry, White Oak,
etc.
In planting trees about our homes and schools,
6.
we should not berry,
forget to plant a few such as the Service-
Hackberry, Wild Cherry,
etc.,
which furnish
food for the song birds and attract them to our homes to
add their
life
and cheer
to the natural surroundings.
Practical Exercises 1.
Planting Besifin for the School Grounds.
Measure the school grounds, and draw a map scale, locating all buildings, trees,
in the
to a
Indicate
drawing the plantings you would add
to
the
(See diagram in the figure for suggestions.)
grounds.
Phmting Design
2.
Draw
and shrubs.
a
map
of your
for
Home
Grounds.
home grounds, showing
all build-
and flower plots. Criticize the plan of the planting and suggest improvements. Make a list of all the trees, shrubs, and flowers that grow on your home grounds. ings, trees, shrubs,
3.
Have
Beautifying the School Grounds.
a "cleaning
up"
week, during which the school
and ugly objects. Carry homes and enter into competition on beautifying home grounds. This work could be done in preparation for Arbor Day, and the planting of yard
this
is
cleared of
movement
all
to the
trash
FARM FORESTRY flowers, shrubs,
and
249
would be a
trees
fitting
climax to
the whole work. Free Bulletins, U. S. Department of Agriculture Farmers' Bulletins No. 134. Tree Planting on Rural School Grounds. No. 185. Beautifying the Home Grounds.
— —
No.
91.
—Lawns
Extracts and Lawn Making.
Problems 1.
as
Draw
shown
in
Lesson
as listed in the IMoon
Keep a record
the
farm
design the planting of trees,
I,
and hedges, and estimate the
shrubs,
2.
home grounds on
a plan of the
Co.
cost of such plants
catalogue,
Morrisville,
Pa.
of the cost.
Estimate the cost of planting the school yard as
you have designed
it
in the exercise above.
LESSON LXXII FARM FORESTRY This month we shall plow up an acre of our old farm
wood
lot,
plant
it
at the
where the trees have
in catalpa trees.
end of the
The
all
been cut away, and
practical exercises given
lesson's discussion will explain the
method of planting. Importance of forests. earth, except the soil,
is
—No of
other resource of the
more importance
to
man
The fact is there would hardly be any soil at all if it had not been for the forests. The forests are our chief source of building material and fuel. They protect and hold the soil and water of the than the
forests.
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
250
Their presence makes our land more attractive
earth.
and
healthful.
Forests necessary for civilization. is
built
on wood.
some shape or or luxury. all
other,
Wood
our houses.
xaHj
From
— Our
civilization
the cradle to the
wood surrounds us
coffin,
in
as a necessity
enters into the construction of nearly
It serves to
ornament them,
to furnish
FARM FORESTRY the cargo safe.
We
with wooden toys,
251
are rocked in wooden cradles, play
wooden chairs and benches, wooden desks, chests and trunks, are entertained by music from wooden instruments, and learn by information printed on wooden paper with black ink made from wood. eat
from wooden
in
sit
tables, use
Forest influences.
—Besides serving the great purpose
as the source of our needed supplies, the forests exercise
a great influence upon the earth and
ants.
its
inhabit-
Forests are often the source of streams, and
here the rains and snows are allowed to sink slowly
and deeply
into the
mould,
run
to
soil,
through the leaves,
gradually
into
the
roots,
streams
and
through
springs and underground levels, preventing excessive
and extremes of drought. The forests break the and temper the climate. In short, the ft^rest is one of man's greatest blessings, and yet it is the one which he has abused with the most recklessIn no part of the world has this ness and ignorance. floods,
force of winds
reckless waste been greater than in the United States.
The use forests
of the forests.
—
It
was not intended that the
be hoarded up as a
they are to be used. ests so wisely that
But
they
miser hoards his gold
it is
may
possible to use the for-
last as
long as the earth
The destructive cutting by lumbermen, and
stands.
the prevalence of forest fires have been the causes of
waste
in
our
great
forest
Roosevelt said that forestry forests
teaches
resources. is
by a wise use of what they
men how
to
Ex-President
the art of saving the afford.
Forestry
keep the forests alive by cutting
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
252
out only the trees that have got their growth, in such a
way
as not to injure or destroy the younger growth
Young trees are given light, air, and room The forest floor of rich leaf-mould is preserved as a means of enriching the soil and holding the
remaining. to
grow.
moisture.
The control best
way
of the forest.
—Forestry also teaches the
of replanting or "reforesting" areas in which
The respon-
the timber has already been destroyed. sibility for
wisely caring for our forests
may
be laid
—
upon three or four agencies the United States Government or the state governments, the large private timThe Forest ber owners, and the American farmer. Service of the United States is doing a great and valuable service to the people in its wise management of millions of acres of forest reserves in the Western States; the large lumbermen of the country are doing little
to save
or use the forests wisely
;
it
is
to
the
American farmer we must turn with high hopes that he
may
realize that he is the
most important trustee
of the nation's wealth of forest resources.
—
The farmers' woodlot. Every farmer who has a and every farmer ought to have one, may practice the principles of forestry, and thus use his timber When our country was new, land had to be wisely. cleared to make room for the crops. Great trees were Wood cut down and rolled into heaps to be burned. was worth little except for fuel. Now all is changed. The price of wood is liigh, and is rising higher every The farmer who has a woodlot on his land has year. woodlot,
FARM FOEESTRT
253
and although it may not of money, it is almost necessity for a successful farming. The up-to-date farmer now values and cares for his woodlot. The follow-
a valuable piece of property,
bring him
ing
are*
1.
much
in turn in the
some points
Give
for growth,
all
to observe in caring for a
young
desirable
and cut out
all
or such use as the farmer can 2.
It is
way
trees
undesirable ones for fuel
make
of them.
injurious to a woodlot to use
The stock will browse on the young them down, and cut up the soil and forest ture.
3.
woodlot
every advantage
it
as a pas-
trees,
tramp
tree roots.
Grass should never be allowed to get started in
the woodlot.
Old and dead trees should be cut down and reAll brush and old logs should be piled and burned, where fire cannot injure the young trees. 4.
moved. 5.
Where bare
spots occur
young
trees
should be
encouraged to grow, either by planting seeds or seedlings. 6.
It
may
be well to plow
up
sections of the old
woodlot and plant seedlings of such trees as Black Locust, Catalpa, or
Osage Orange.
ers in this country that itable proposition,
There are a few farm-
have made the woodlot a prof-
and have even gone
so far as to set
high priced corn lands to young forest trees. Practical Exercises 1.
Transplanting a Tree
young tree to be transplanted. Locate the main roots by striking the spade into the ground parallel to the direction of the roots. Dig out from the Select a
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
254
avoid cutting
tree as far as the roots extend,
much
off too
and secure as many roots as possible in a ball of earth to be removed with them. If the tree is to be carried any distance, wrap tlie roots with a wet cloth or carpet. The roots must main
of the
root system,
not be allowed to dry out before transplanting.
Dig the hole
which the tree
into
deeper than the one from which
room
all
surface
injured and broken roots.
soil
hands work
in the fine
be
is to
came.
Before placing the
for all roots.
neatly
it
bottom of the
soil
a
set,
little
Allow ample tree,
trim
off
Place some fine
hole,
and with the
about the small roots.
earth about the roots carefully, and tramp
it
Fill the
down
ivell.
not best to use water in transplanting unless the
It is
soil is
very dry, and then only a small amount.
up the surface
of the
ground
so that
Round
no water can stand
next to the tree, and cover with a loose, fine mulch of earth.
The inverted sod may be placed on
top.
Now
the tree must be trimmed back so that the disturbed
balance between root and top
may
be restored.
"Who
does his duty Is a question too complex for me But he, I venture the suggestion, Does part of his who plants a tree. S.
'
'
—Lowell.
Planting a Woodlot
Send to Ohio Valley Nursery Co., Lake, Ind., or to The Little Tree Farm Nurseries, Farmingham, Mass., for
1,000
seedlings
of
Catalpa
Speciosa,
will
cost
an acre of ground, plow it and prepare it as for a corn crop. Lay off the ground in furCross furrow these at right anrows, six feet apart. about $5.
Select
FAKM FORESTRY
255
FIRST
THIRD
plenty large and Do not be afraid to bend deep. Leave some pulverized the back. earth in the bottom of the hole.
After the roots are carefully covered then press the earth down Then solid as the hole is filled. the wind as it moves the tree will not disturb the roots.
Dig
a
hole
FOURTH
SECOND and
Leave
there Sift the dark mould with kindly
moisture
may
children
plant
"There gently lay the
roots,
round
the
sleeping
infant's
feet,
We
earth soali
on
in.
top so Let the
nasturtium
seed
and thus cultivate the ground.
care.
As,
loose
softly fold the cradle sheet."
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
256
the same distance apart.
gles,
Plant the Catalpa seed-
lings at the intersection of the furrows. trees will be
six
The
1,000 trees on the acre.
trees
little
must be cultivated
May and
three or four times during
sow
These
apart and there will be about
feet
June.
In July
to cowpeas, vetch, or clover to serve as a winter
cover crop.
Keep up
this
system of cultivation and
cover cropping for three or four seasons, or until the trees shade the entire
ground beneath them.
They
will
probably need some pruning to keep the stems straight
and from forking
If the
too badly.
trees over or they persist in
wind blows any
growing crooked, cut the
ground and new, strong, straight trees grow from the roots. For a school exercise any smaller area planted in this
trees off at the will
manner
will serve.
The author strongly recommends
the use of this exercise in the rural schools.
D^aw
a plot of the ground
and show the position of
the trees.
—
Note. Black Locust, White Willow, Osage Orange, and Yellow Poplar are good woodlot trees to plant and they yield quick returns. 3.
An
Excursion
t-.
the
Woods
Let the class and teacher take a walk to the woods.
Make 1.
notes of your observations on the following points
The comparative temperature within and without
the woods. 2.
The
the roots
rich
and
vent washing.
soil of the forest floor, and how mould hold the moisture and prePoint out examples of washes where
humus leaf
FARM FOEESTRY the forest has been cut away, is
carried to the streams, and 3.
Find
growth. 4.
If
trees of virgin
a
freshly
cut
and explain how the upon them.
soil
its effects
growth and
Note any dangerous
257
also the second
firetraps.
stump or
log
can be found,
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
258
Make
6.
a
list
in the notebook of the
names
of all
the trees yoii can.
Point out the ironwood, blue-beech, hazel, serul)
7.
and other useless "tree weeds" that should be moved in improvement cuttings. oaks,
By
Book of Forestry, or Primer of Forestry, many valuable lessons
referring to Roth's First
to Pinchot's
may
re-
be continued in this work. Problems
1. At $6 per cord, what is the value of a pile of wood 240 feet long, six feet high and four feet wide? 2. A farmer gets six cords of wood from ten trees. With wood at $5.50 per cord, what is the value of these
trees? 3.
What
is
the value of a single tree at the same
rate? 4.
what 5.
Suppose there are is
the value of the
What
is
fifty
such trees on an acre,
wood on
this piece of land?
the value of a woodlot of fifteen acres
same rate? 6. Suppose a farmer removes the five biggest trees per acre from his woodlot each year. If each tree makes three-fourths of a cord of wood, worth $6 per cord, and it costs 80 cents per cord for cutting, what profit does at the
he make per acre on his woodlot?
8.
Compare Compare
9.
What
7.
this with the profit it
will
on an acre of
oats.
with the profit on an acre of corn. the profit on a twelve-acre woodlot
be at the same rate?
SPEAYING FOR DISEASES If a
10.
259
Catalpa wood-lot contains 1,000 ten-year-old and each tree would make two fence
trees per acre, posts,
what would the
30c a post
trees on five acres be
worth
at
?
Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Farmers' Bulletins No. 54.— Some Common Birds in Their Eelation to Agriculture.
No. 150. No. 173.
— Clearing New Land. — A Primer of Forestry. LESSON LXXIII FOR
SPRAYING
CODLING
AND
MOTH
FUNGOUS
DISEASES Time
to spray.
—
It
is
late in April
blossoms have just fallen from the trees. that the codling
be eating
its
and we know,
and the apple We know now
moth larva or "apple worm"
way
into the blossom
will soon
end of the apples,
we do something to check its ravages, our fruit will fall or be wormy and worthless. Fortunately we do not have to give up to the codling moth, for we may spray our trees, kill the moth, and save the apples. Lime-sulphur and lead arsenate. If any farmer in the neighborhood has a spray pump, he no doubt would be willing to loan it to the school for this lesson. The school should own some good spray pump, such as the Gould's Pomona, and use it for demonstration purposes in the orchards of the district. The spray material usually used is the combined lime-sulphur mixture and lead The lime-sulphur checks the spreads of such arsenate. too, that unless
—
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
260
"frog eye" fungus, brown
diseases as apple scab, etc.,
and the lead arsenate
kills
rots,
the "apple worm,'"
caterpillars, and other chewing insects. Ready prepared lime-sulphur solutions may be purchased from reliable firms for between 10 and 20 cents a gallon, and a gallon and one-half diluted to about
leaf-eating
Fig. 77.
fifty
Spraying a Fruit Tree
gallons with water, will spray about ten average
sized bearing apple trees.
To
this
mixture should be
added about three pounds of lead arsenate, to be used (See Lesson 12 for making against the codling moth. of
Bordeaux Mixture.)
SPRAYING FOR DISEASES
361
Practical Exercises
Preparing and Using the Lime-sulphur Lead-arsenate Mixture
1.
If one wishes to prepare his
The stock solution
64.
is
own
diluted
material, see Lesson
and used as described
above.
Force
the
spray
thoroughly
Courtesy of Fig.
78.
li.
F.
and completely onto
Johnson Pub. Co.
The Codling Moth
and fruit of the tree. When moth larva hatches from the eggs which have been laid on the leaves and the apples, and begins to crawl toward the apples, it may nibble at some of every
twig, stem,
leaf,
the codling
the poisoned leaves, but as
it
it is
sure to get
its last
attempts to eat into the blossom end of the
meal fruit.
If this operation of spraying is repeated in about three
or four weeks after the blossoms
summer
to
fall,
and then in midtrees and fruit
combat the second brood, the
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
262
from the moth and from the fungous and the apple trees may yield a hundredfold.
will be saved eases,
dis-
Applications to the State Experiment Station should be
made
for the latest spray calendars.
This exercise should by
all
means be carried out
in
the public schooJs. Farmers' Bulletin, No. 243.
Reference:
Voin-lvs!/ of
Fig.
79.
Apples
Fitoii
I!
J
/nlni^iiii
I'nh.Co.
Spkaved and Uxspka\eu Bkanches
Problems
Our farm orchard contains four acres of apple trees. How much will it cost to spray the orchard Lime-sulwith the lime-sulphur and lead arsenate? phur at 20 cents a gallon, and lead arsenate at 15 cents 1.
a pound.
The Bordeaux-lead-arsenate mixture, ready prepared will cost $1 per gallon. This will make up fifty 2.
gallons of spray material.
How much
by making our own mixture,
if
lime
is 1
could
we
and copper sulphate 10 cents per pound?
(See Lesson
12.) 3.
Which
is
save
cent per pound,
cheaper, linie-siilphur or Bordeaux?
PLANTING COEN
263
LESSON LXXIV PLANTING CORN Preparation of seed bed.
—Having
selected our seed
and tested it for germination, the next step we must take in corn culture is to prepare the soil to reA rich humus soil, loose, warm, and ceive the seed. corn,
moist,
will
produce a better crop of corn than any
now
other.
If the field has been fall-plowed,
Fig. 80.
Jerry Moore and His 228% Bu. op Corn Raised on One
t'ourtttiij
u{
it
should
Farm and Futmde.
Acre
be double-disked and harrowed in preparation for the planting.
In
many
cases corn follows corn,
plowing must be done in the spring. disking before plowing will cut
up the
and the
In this case a stalks
and pro-
vide a fine layer which will fall into the bottom of the
furrow, and help to restore capillarity.
In
soils
that
are liable to bake, each day's plowing should be bar-
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
264
rowed as soon as
A
possible.
may prevent the times as much trouble
little
extra work at this
formation of clods, and save ten
time
in trying to pulverize
them
later.
Three or four additional harrowings will usually put In our the ground iato first class shape for planting.
farm plan,
as
shown
in Lesson
I,
we
shall plant field
number 1 to corn. This has been in clover for two and by deep plowing, rolling, and through harrowing we shall have a most excellent seed bed for our years,
corn.
Planting the seed.
when growing corn
—
It is
better to check than to drill
for grain, as
it
can be kept cleaner,
For fodder or silage, more tons of dry matter per acre and handled by the corn binder. In some
with a resulting larger yield. drilled corn gives is
more
easily
of the states west of the Ivlissouri River, where the soil is
light
and
rainfall scanty, listing gives the best re-
sults.
The number
of kernels to use per hill depends
the richness of the
soil.
On
three kernels per hill will give the best results. rich soils can support four, while on poor soils
enough.
It
upon
the average corn belt soils
Very
two -are
pays both in appearance and in ease of
cul-
tivating to drive straight while planting and to have
the rows cheek straight crosswise.
Early cultivation.
—As
many harrowings
as possible
should be given the corn between planting time and the
time or
it
comes up.
if it is
If
heavy rains have packed the it will pay to
badly infested with weeds,
soil fol-
low the planter marks with the cultivator before harrowing.
PLANTING CORN
265
Practical Exercises
Entering a Corn Contest
1.
Write
to the
Extension Department of your State Col-
lege of Agriculture test of the
will be one
you
state.
to enter the boys' corn con-
If a contest
is
on,
and there
planned in almost every state in the union,
will be told
to plant
and ask
county or
and
where
cultivate
If the teacher
to get it
your seed corn, and how
for the corn
and pupils wish
contest of their own,
to
show and contest. work out a corn
each pupil should be provided
with one pint of high grade seed corn.
your father's
in
field,
feet apart
and 37
acre plot.
Select
former
in
above.
lessons.
enough
to
1-3 rods long
and
test the
—
Select a strip plant two rows 3l^
this will be a tenth
seed corn as described
Prepare the ground as described
Plant the corn in
hills,
about three kernels to a
and each hill about four feet apart. Cultivate at least once a week (if the ground is dry enough) from the time the corn is big enough until it begins to tassel. (See Lesson 32.) From your plot you may gather the ears which will win the prize. Such a contest should be arranged for and carried out by the Boys' Club of the school. (See Farmers' hill,
Bulletin, No. 385.) 2.
Starting the Ear-to-row Plot for Eaising Seed Corn
Place one hundred of the best ears of corn you can Select from this lot twentyand number them from one to twenty-five. On the test plot of the farm (see Lesson I), prepare the ground thoroughly for planting as find
on a table before you.
five
of the best ears,
LESSOjNS IX AGEICULTUEE
266
Lay
described above.
off
each row from 1 to 25.
number number number 2 in
twenty-five rows, and
Plant about
lialf
of ear
row number 1. Plant one-half of ear row number 2, and so on to number 25. Give all the rows equal and thorough cultivation. At husking time we can judge which row has yielded most, which has the best corn in it, and so on for other desired points. By saving the seed from the best rows for our ear row 1 in
test
we can soon breed up by
next year,
improved strain of
an
selection
corn.
Problems
How
1.
long will
it
take to plow a ten-acre field in
How
preparation for corn planting? it?
If the
long to harrow
work were hired done how much would
it
cost at the usual price of labor? 2.
How much
ten acres
if
seed corn will be needed to plant the
the corn
is
drilled?
How much
if
checked
with a planter? 3.
What
will
it
cost to hire all the labor
and
to
buy
the seed corn? 4.
If the yield of corn
to the acre in
added
your
to the state
were increased
state, how^
five
bushels
much wealth would
by the increase?
(See the Year
be
Book
of 1909.) Eeferences: 385.
Farmers' Bulletins, Nos.
81,
229, 409, 281,
and
MAY On
the farm.
planting,
and
— May
is
month The corn
the
cultivation.
of planting, transto be cultivated
is
constantly; potatoes, cucumbers, melons, beans, to be planted
etc.,
celery are to be transplanted
;
are
and
tomatoes, cabbage, sweet potatoes,
;
and continual warfare
against weeds and insects must be waged.
LESSON LXXV CULTIVATION OF COEN The proper time
to
i)efore it is planted.
the
begin the cultivation of corn
As was
is
said in the previous lesson,
ground should be plowed deeply, the surface harfine, and the corn planted in hills
rowed mellow and or in drilled rows.
Methods of
cultivation.
—As
soon as the rows can If
any
should be the
first
be followed the cultivator should be started.
deep cultivation
to be given
is
two times over, before the After the corn
is
it
soil is filled
with corn roots.
six or eight inches high
some form
of surface cultivator that will not disturb the soil to a
depth of more than two or three inches should be used. In the western part of the corn are large, the two
row cultivator
If the corn is very straight both 267
belt, is
where the
fields
becoming popular.
ways these
cultivators
LESSOxXS
268
work well after the
AGEiCULT URE
man
time over and enable one
first
handle at least half as much more land.
to
The
many
in
of the great corn growing regions of the prairie
has been greatly simplified since the two row
states,
came
cultivator
corn planters be
—
The problem of cultivating a cornhundred acres in extent, such as is found
cultivator.
field several
made
into
now
With the perfect working market the row of corn may
use.
in the
so straight that the
used without
difficulty.
ity of cultivation
in
IiN
many
two row cultivator can be
This has brought about a
which has added largely
parts of the country.
the double
facil-
to the yield
Before the coming of
row cultivator there w^s danger that much
of the land of the western portion of the belt
would
become too weedy for corn culture.
Reasons for cultivation. constant cultivation,
—
Corn is a crop that needs and during the growing season
should be cultivated at least four times. tion
is
To destroy weeds that use up
1.
This cultiva-
for three reasons: the plant food
and
water. 2.
To provide
3.
Because
a soil
mulch
to
prevent evaporation.
tillage is a fertilizer.
Constant stirring
of the soil allows the air to circulate through
it,
and
provides available plant food.
Corn
is
king.
— Corn
is
king of the
cereals,
and the
most important crop of American agriculture. the backbone of farming in this country.
man
It
is
The white
learned the value of this cereal from the Indians,
CULTIVATION OF COEN and
269
since then its culture has kept pace with the won-
derful growth of our country.
—
Boys' corn clubs. The following story, told by one S. A. Knapp's agents in connection with the
of Dr.
Boys' Corn Club movement illustrates
how
the boys
are learning to follow scientific methods in corn culture
"One boy acre in corn.
in our club
was very anxious
to
work an
His father gave him one on condition
that he dig out the pine stumps
and pay
After the boy had gotten out nearly
Fig. 82.
all
all
expenses.
the stumps in
Growth op Corn Roots
and gave him another, The boy went to work, cleaned this new field and plowed it. Then I advised him to plow it again. When the boy wanted some fertilizer his father refused to permit him to buy till I went security and promised to make good all losses, if any. The boy's corn was measured this week and made eightythe
field,
the father took that acre
upon the same condition.
four bushels to the acre. sides of the boy's,
the
His father's corn, on three
made nine bushels per
corn was weighed and the
father's
acre.
went
When to
the
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
270
pigs and the son's sold for seed corn at two dollars
per bushel, the father changed front." Farmers' Bulletins, Nos. 199, 229, 385, 281, and
References: 81.
Practical Exercises
The Stand of Corn
1.
Select a field of corn near the school
owner's permission to
visit
and secure the owner to go
Invite the
it.
Let each pupil begin with the
with you.
corn in a row and count to the hundredth corn has been checked and
iirst
hill of
If the
hill.
should be three stalks to
was intended that there the hill, there would be in a
perfect stand 300 stalks.
Now
number
of stalks in the 100
the stand
is
it
count back and find the If there are but 150,
hills.
Each pupil should determine the stand in the row he has counted.
50 per cent.
the percentage of
Each pupil should
find out as nearly as possible the
average stand of corn on the home farm and report to the class for the next lesson.
to parents,
and
in
many
It will be interesting
cases a surprise to them, to
find that they have less than a 50 per cent stand
they thought
it
80 per cent.
In
reasons for the good or bad stand.
farmer does not wish cant
hills,
all
It is clear
to lose his time
when he might
when
cases discuss the
that the
and labor on va-
just as well have a liberal
harvest from them. S.
Go to Examine tion.
Corn Boots
in Cultivation
a corn field where cultivation
the
soil,
Note the stand, health,
the crop.
is
in progress.
and depth of cultivaand general condition of
the method
CULTIVATION OF COEN
271
Carefully remove a few stalks of corn all
—
—roots
and
and take them to the schoolroom to study as follows
Carefully wash the
soil
from the young
spread them out upon a sheet of paper.
Fig. 83.
roots,
and
Get a root
Ohio Coen Field in Shock
from the mature plants and have
before you for
it
comparison.
Note the following points of the corn late
root,
and tabu-
your answer below
1.
Length and number of principal
2.
Amount
3.
Direction in which the roots extend from the base
of branching
roots.
from any one
root.
of the plant. 4.
Amount
5.
How
of cubical space used as feeding ground.
near the surface do the roots
lie?
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
272 6.
Difference
between spur roots and the others.
State reasons. 7. 8.
and root-hairs? Does your observation lead you to any conclu-
Can yon
find root-eap
Explain.
sions about the cultivation of corn? 9.
]\Iake a
drawing of the corn root system.
LESSON LXXVI TILLING THE SOIL Tillage.
— Since
cultivation,
it
May
is
es-
not equal
to,
Tillage
fertilization of the soil.
Value of fed
by the
of soil
seems best to study further into the
sentials of tillage.
the phmting,
month
especially the
next
is
It
if
to,
includes the preparation,
and the cultivation of the land.
tillage.
—As
roots,
penetrating into the
we have
learned, the plant soil,
is
gathering
up the dissolved food and passing it on to the phmt. If the soil is coarse and lumpy these feeding roots cannot get at the food held in the lumps, but must feed from their surface. verizes
Tillage breaks
them and allows the
contain.
Stirring the
up these lumps, pul-
roots to get at the food they
soil also
allows the water to dis-
more readily. Depth of plowing. Dee]) plowing
solve the plant food
—
best.
in
most cases
It brings to the surface plant foods
is
not reached
by shallow cultivation, and it pulverizes the soil so that roots can enter the ground to a greater depth and have more
soil to
feed from.
such root crops as
lieets,
This
parsnips,
is
especially true for
etc..
and
for tubers
TILLING SOIL like the potato.
In
fact,
valuable purpose for
373
deep plowing serves
all plants,
tlie
same
not only in giving more
and better root feeding space, but in catching and holding more of the rainfall. We have already learned that water exists in the soil both as underground water and
Pig.
84.
Deep Plowing
and that the water which supplies is the capillary water drawn up from the underground water below. Now unless the
as capillary water,
the roots of the plants
ground to
is
deeply plowed, there
is
less rainfall
supply this underground water, and hence
caught less
to
supply by capillarity to the plant roots.
Surface cultivation.
— If
the
deep plowing catches
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
274
and holds larger quantities of or shallow plowing, to save as
much
preventing
its
that
if
drying
up.
soil will
of this
no plowing tillage
ground water as possible by
vessel of
water
it
We
know
keeps the sun from
In the same way a cover spread over the
check the evaporation of the capillary water.
The simplest way soil is to cultivate
out rapidly, but moist
rainfall than
becomes the part of good
evaporation from the surface.
we cover a it
it
soil
to
it
get this cover spread over the
The layer
it.
of cultivated soil dries
keeps the air from getting at the
underneath and drying
it
out,
and
breaks the rise of capillary water and prevents ing to the surface.
The surface
it
also
its
com-
cultivation should be
shallow to prevent injury to the plant roots, and
it
should be frequent to provide the dust mulch.
Constant cultivation.— When the writer was a boy, living in the corn belt of Illinois, terrible hardship
when
it
used to seem a
the father announced, after just
finishing the cultivation of a large field of corn, that
we
must now go back to the beginning and go over it all Fishing and swimming never seemed more inagain. viting to the boy, but the father knew what was best for the corn.
the price to
He knew
that constant cultivation
pay for a good
crop.
He
was
paid the price
and got the reward.
Summary.
— To
summarize,
reasons for tillage:
plant
roots
(1)
we may
give four chief
To pulverize the
soil,
can easily penetrate in every
so that
direction
and get at the store of plant food the soil contains. To increase the water-holding capacity of the (2)
TILLING SOIL (3)
soil.
warm
it.
which
will
275
To aerate the soil and thus sweeten and To destroy weeds and form a soil mulch (4) prevent rapid evaporation from the surface. Practical Exercises Field Studies of Tillage
1.
Go done.
where plowing or cultivation
to a field
Make
Method Depth
of
is
being
notes of your observations as follows:
Plowing
Condition of Soil
|
of
Cultivation
|
I
Moisture Condition
Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture No. 306. Some Soil Problems for Practical Farmers.
—
Problems 1.
How many
square feet in one square yard?
In
one acre ? 2.
If soil
how many many,
if
is
cultivated to the depth of four inches,
cubic feet of cultivated soil per acre?
cultivated to the depth of six inches?
How If cul-
tivated to the depth of eight inches? 3.
How much
more plant food
is
made
available with
cultivation to the depth of eight inches than with a four-
inch depth of cultivation 4.
How many
?
times as
much
available plant food
in soil cultivated to the depth of six inches as in soil
cultivated only four inches deep? 5.
If a
man and team can plow
one and a half acres
two acres four inches deep in a day, more does it cost per acre to plow land six much how
six inches deep, or
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
276
inches deep than to plow
it
only four inches deep
?
La-
bor worth $2.40 per day. 6.
If a
man and team
can
till
three acres thoroughly
in a day, or five acres in a careless manner,
how much
more per acre does a good job cost, labor being worth $2.40 per day? 7. How much more per acre does it cost to both plow and till well? How many additional bushels of oats worth 36 cents per bushel will
it
take to pay for
the additional labor? 8.
How much
will be the gain if but forty bushels
of oats can be raised with shallow plowing
seeding,
and
How much
careless
work?
worth at 24 cents per
will these oats be
At 30
bushel?
and
fifty-seven bushels with the extra
cents per bushel?
At the present
price
of oats? 9.
A
certain piece of land yields thirty-five bushels
of corn per acre.
By
careful cultivation the farmer
able to increase this yield to sixty bushels.
is
With corn
worth 40 cents per bushel how many additional days' labor at $1 per day will the extra yield pay for? 10.
If he spends but
twenty days' extra time on his
twelve-acre field of corn to produce the increase in crop
shown
in
problem
his extra time 11.
9,
how much
does he get per day for
?
Suppose a farmer
is
able to double the average
from an acre of land days' extra time on it. What wages
yield of 160 bushels of potatoes
by putting
fifteen
does he get with potatoes at 25 cents per bushel 12.
From answers
?
to the following questions
make
1
TILLING SOIL
277
What does labor man plow per
other problems similar to the above.
How many
day?
cost per
How many
day?
many
acres can a
How
acres can he seed in a day?
acres of corn can he cultivate?
increase the yield of corn
?
Will extra labor
etc., etc.
LESSON LXXVII TRANSPLANTING transplanted.
Plants
— Our
growing
plants
in
We
hotbed will be ready to transplant this month.
the shall
transplant tomatoes, cabbage, celery, eggplant, pansies,
and probably some young
trees.
Principles in transplanting.
made
the
at
—If the hotbed
school there will be plenty
has been
of material
It is an important and practical lesson to The following rules will guide to successful trans-
available. learn.
planting 1.
:
Transplant when the weather
is
cool
and damp,
preferably in the late afternoon. 2.
Transplant when the plant
is
young.
Break the roots as little as possible in taking the young plant up, and keep them moist and shaded. 3.
4.
It is well to cut off
some of the top in transplant-
ing,
in order to restore the balance between the root
and
top, since
some of the roots were probably
lost in
transplanting. 5.
The plant should be dipped
moist fertile
soil
in water
packed firmly about the
roots.
and have If water
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
278 is to
all
be used
the soil
should be poured about the roots before
added.
is
The plant should have
6.
in
it
which
as large a space as that
The
originally grew.
it
in first at the bottom of the hole in
are to grow, and the subsoil, is
important to make the It
7.
soil
sometimes well
is
if
should be put
soil
which the roots
any, at the surface.
It
firm about the roots.
to
shade the young trans-
plant a few days from the hot sunshine, or to protect the roots with a mulch of straw or grass.
The pupils in agriculture should by all means get some actual practice in transplanting, if in no other way than by going to the school yard and getting wild plants to transplant in pots or in out-door plots. Practical Exercises
Transplating Garden Vegetables
1.
If there
is
a window-box in the school, in which are
growing seedlings of cabbage, tomato, or other vegetables to be transplanted, let each pupil transplant a
vegetables to the school garden. the principles given in this lesson.
Be
If there
garden, the transplants should be taken in the
home garden, and
reports
few of the
careful to follow
made
is
no school
home and
in school,
set
from
time to time, as to the success of the work. 2.
Transplating Wild Flowers
Let each pupil find some thrifty-growing wild flower
from the
fields or
good
and bring
soil
causes of
its
woods, transplant
it
to
to the school room.
success or failure to live
some pot of Explain the
and grow.
POTATOES In connection with this
379
lesson, each pupil
might bring
some shrub or small tree from home or the woods
to
transplant in the school yard. Reference:
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 245.
LESSON LXXVIII POTATOES
On
our farm plan in Lesson
plant in potatoes.
We
1,
we have one
acre to
are to learn something in this
lesson about potato planting, potato culture,
and potato
pests.
Potato
soil.
—Light sandy
best soils for potatoes.
soils,
Heavy
rich in
clay
humus, are the
soils interfere
with
and often make them small. deeply plowed, and laid The potatoes should off in rows about three feet apart. be planted from four to five inches deep, and about the growth of the potatoes Soil
for potatoes should be
eighteen inches apart in the rows.
Planting potatoes.
— There
is
much
difference
of
opinion as to the method of cutting the potatoes for planting.
Excellent results have been obtained by plant-
ing the whole potato, a single one in a practice
recommended
is
hill.
The usual
to cut the seed potatoes into
halves or quarters, at least two eyes to a piece, using
one or two pieces to a
hill.
The
best potatoes should
be used for seed and not the small discarded ones.
A
handful of bone meal should be dropped into the bot-
tom
of each hill and covered with
placing the seed.
an inch of
soil
before
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
280
—
Potato
culture. After the potatoes have been and before they come up, the surface mulch should be provided, and this may be done by light harrowings. Throughout the whole period of cultivation the weeds should be kept out, the dust mulch provided, and shallow, level cultivation maintained. The old prac-
planted,
tice of
ridging the potatoes serves to expose the
Fig. 85.
excessive
evaporation,
soil to
Spraying Potatoes
and
to
lessen
the
quality
and
(quantity of the crop.
—
Potato pests. The Colorado most troublesome potato insect.
potato It
beetle
is
the
can be easily killed
by spraying with three pounds of arsenate of lead mixed with fifty gallons of water, or four ounces of Paris green and a pound of lime with the same amount
POTATOES
Either poison can be added to Bordeaux mix-
of water.
ture
281
which
is
the
remedy for the potato
diseases.
will be described in
Methods of treating the potato scab the practical exercises. Practical Exercises
Treating Seed Potatoes to Prevent Scab
1.
The day before the
lesson
is
to be given, the teacher
should ask some pupils to bring about a peck of the
The teacher should
scabbiest potatoes that can be found.
see that the other materials are provided for the lesson. Place the potatoes in a burlap sack. Into a tub or
To
barrel pour five gallons of water. one-sixth of a pint of formalin. at
any drug
Fk;
sr,
this
Place the sack of
store at 40 cents a pint.
A Scabby Totato
A (JooD Potato
potatoes in the tub of formalin solution. to
add about
This can be purchased
Allow them
soak one and one-half hours. (Experimental work of this lesson will have
here.
If there is a school garden, the
below should be continued at school should fully explain the
rest,
;
and
if
work
end
none the teacher
call
pupils to complete the experiment at
to
as outlined
for volunteer
home and
report
upon i^.) Remove the potatoes from the solution, and cut into Cut the potato through the long pieces for planting.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
282
way, and then divide each half.
Do
not put the potatoes
back into the receptacle that has had in
The
tatoes.
it
vessel to be used should be
scabby po-
washed with
the solution in the tub.
Plant the treated tubers in rows by themselves, and
mark with
To show the
stakes the rows so planted.
comparative results of the treatment, plant the same
number
of scabby potatoes,
and give both equal care and
cultivation throughout the season.
When
the potatoes are ripe, dig the treated
treated separately. potatoes.
A
Count the increase
and un-
in the treated
careful record of this lesson should be kept,
including the cost of treatment, the price of potatoes,
and the
from the treatment, due
total gain
to the in-
creased value of the yield. It would be a good service to the district if pupils would bring all their scabby potatoes to the school to be
treated, before planting.
Any
tween the school and the home
helpful co-operation beis
of incalculable value
to both institutions. Reference:
Farmers' Bulletin. No.
Problems 1.
If the
average weight of seed potatoes
ounces each," and in
rows three
the row,
if
is
four
they are cut in halves and planted
apart and eighteen inches apart in
feet
how many
bushels of seed will be required per
acre? 2.
How many
tatoes are used? 3.
bushels will be needed
Quarters?
if
whole po-
Eighths?
Select seven potatoes as nearly the
same
size
and
TOMATOES
283
shape as possible, from the same
hill
or similar
hills.
Cut one potato into four pieces and plant each piece in a hill hills
;
this will
"Plat No. 1."
make four
hills.
Mark
these four
Cut the next two potatoes length-
wise into halves; plant each half in a hill and mark Plant the remaining four these four "Plat No. 2." potatoes whole, each one in a
hill,
and mark these "Plat
No. 3." Give the same care and cultivation to each plant and, fully
when they have matured, dig
all
the potatoes care-
and weigh the yield from each plat and tabulate
as follows:
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
284 best varieties,
methods of culture,
etc.,
have been
re-
ported. Girls'
tomato growing and canning clubs.
—Aiken
County, South Carolina, through the leadership of Miss
Samuella Cromer, started the
oii.L./
in this country.
This
first Girls'
Tomato Club
iu.uATO Club
movement
is
only a
little
over
and already there are over four thousand members of the clubs. South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia, Tennessee, Mississippi, and a year old
Georgia have Girls' Tomato Clubs.
The clubs are carried on in this manner: Any girl between the ages of nine and twenty years, in the
TOMATOES county organized
may become
385
a
member.
She must
plant one-tenth of an acre in tomatoes, and do
all
of the
work connected with her garden, except preparing the her plants.
soil for
Prizes are offered for the largest
on her garden work, largest and most perfect tomato, neatest and best collection of tomato recipes, etc. Canning yield, the best display in glass jars, best essay
homes
and the whole work becomes an inspiration to the entire comparties are held at the
of the girls,
munity.
Some requirements
in tomato culture.
—A clay
soil is
preferred by some varieties of tomatoes, and a sandy soil
by
others.
Deep preparation and plenty
of ma-
nure will make good tomatoes on almost any kind of soil.
Too much manure on
cause the plant to run to vine.
light soil, however,
Sow
may
the seed in the hot-
beds about the end of IMarch, and transplant the plants into small pots
when about two
inches high.
should not be set out until the temperature stay above 60° F.
is
They
likely to
All the rules of transplanting men-
tioned in Lesson 77 should be observed.
Set the plants
three feet apart in rows three and one-half feet apart.
Thorough weeds,
is
cultivation, loosening the soil
and
killing the
necessary until the plants begin to spread and
soil should then be drawn up two or three inches high. A strawy mulch over the ground, or some support, as a trellis, is necessary to keep the fruit off the ground. The fruit will begin to ripen in August and should be picked as fast as ripe. The plant will usually con-
cover the ground.
The
to the plants in hills
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
286 tiniie
bearing until frost, and
if
full-sized green
matoes are picked and placed on the will usually ripen.
to-
cellar floor, they
Acme, Ponderosa, are good varieties.
p]arliana, Eclipse,
Yellow Prince, and Best of
All,
Practical Exercises 1
Experimenting in Tomato Culture
Procure enough tomato plants from the hot-bed or from any source available to set out a plot on the home grounds, two rods by one rod. Transplant and cultivate as directed above. When the vines begin to branch and blossom, divide your plot into three sections and treat each section as follows 1. Mulch the ground about the plants with straw and allow them to fall without support. 2. Support the plants with some sort of trellis to which they are tied, and prune away most of the lower and side branches. Allow the plants to fall unpruned and unsup3.
ported on the bare ground.
Pick the ripened tomatoes from each section
mer and keep
the yield from each.
Report
results to the school next 2.
Write
sum-
C, or
this
autumn.
Organising Girls'
to the
ington, D.
all
and quality of experiment and tfie
a record of the quantity
Tomato Clubs
Department of Agriculture
at
Wash-
to the State Agricultural College for
plans and details for the organization of a Tomato Growing and Canning Club. Ask your teacher to help organize a Tomato Club in the school.
PLANT LEAVES
28?
LESSON LXXX PLANT LEAVES
Work
of leaves.
— The
main object
to be
in the study of this lesson is the great
brought out
work that
leaves
have to do, and the important relations they sustain
to
the life of the plant. 1.
Leaves spread out a great surface through which
the plant takes in oxygen, necessary for its life
and
growth. 2.
Through
this
expanded leaf-surface the carbon-
dioxide gas of the air enters, and in the sunlight the
green leaf makes plant food out of the carbon-dioxide
and the minerals brought up
As one
in solution
result of this process in the leaf,
from the oxygen
soil.
is set
free. 3.
After the leaf has used
the
all
food-material
needed from the sap-solution brought up from the through the roots and
soil
stem, the excess of water
thrown is
in
by the
leaf.
is
This
called transpiration.
A is
off
amount of water passed out of some plants great
this
way.
In the corn
plant about 275 pounds of Magnified Section 87. OF Under Side of Leaf
Fig.
Showing Breathing Pores
oats almost double this
water
are
passed through
the plant for each
pound
of
dry matter in the corn. In of water is handled by
amount
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
288
These are the three principal uses oi the
the plant.
leaves to the plant.
Leaves make our food.
—Plant food
form of
in the leaves in the
starch,
is
and with other nitrogenous matter
is
manufactured
changed
to sugar,
in solution,
to the various parts of the plant, there to be
again into root, stem, to take
our hats
off to
We
leaf, or fruit.
the leaves, for
is
sent
changed
ought surely
they that make
it is
and flower, all wood and all the food we have, in a word all things useful and beautiful are made by the leaves.
possible all our grain, fruit, vegetable,
the
Practical Exercises 1.
Transpiration
Take a plant that piece of cardboard, to cover the plant.
draw
it
is
well started in a flower-pot, a
around the plant. glass,
it
Seal the
and allow the
inner surface of the glass.
way?
slit
from below.
water of the glass below.
Is all the
Leaf
ilie
and two glass tumblers large enough Cut a slit in the cardboard and
ture can come through
with the
in
so that
roots to extend into the
Moisture will collect on the
Where
does
it
come from?
moisture absorbed by the roots given
How
no mois-
Cover the plant
could you find out?
Why
off in this
do plants need
water ? 2.
Collect
Forms of Leaves
and make drawings of seven
different shaped
leaves.
Leaves
like the locust leaf are
the oak are simple.
compound.
Those
like
Classify your leaves as to whether
they are simple or compound.
THE FLOWER
289
LESSON LXXXI THE FLOWER Use of the
flower.
—-However
serve to beautify the world
ment, that
is
not their chief
much
the
flowers
and increase man's enjoyuse. The fruit of the plant
bears the seed, and the flower produces the fruit. is
the chief duty of the flower.
That
Every plant that pro-
duces seed has flowers.
Structure of the flower. is.
Take
the violet.
for
— Let
us see what a flower
example a buttercup, cherry blossom, or
You
will find
leaves enclosing the flower
on the outside a row of green
when
it is still
a bud.
These
r-AnTHiR
mm Ot/ARy~.
FILAMC.NT-
Fig. 88.
A Stamen A
Pistil Vertical Section of Tomato Blossom
leaves are called sepals.
colored leaves, or petals.
Next on the inside
Arranged
is
a row of
inside of the petals
are some threadlike parts, each witli a knob on the end.
These are the stamens.
On
the tip of
fully opened,
its
Examine one stamen
knob you should
some
fine
closely.
find, if the flower is
grains of powder.
This sub-
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
290 stance
is
is
borne
very important to
is
But there
be no seed. is
and the knob on the end in which called the anther. The pollen is the flower. Without it there could
called pollen,
the pollen
is
another part to each flower that
This part you will find in the center
of equal value.
of the flower, inside the circle of stamens.
the
The
pistil.
tip of the pistil
of the pistil forms the ovary. this ovary,
you
will find in
In the corn flower and pistils are
is
If
it
It is called
the stigma.
The base
you carefully cut open
very small unripe seed.
many
others, the
stamens and
In some plants
separate on the same plant.
these parts occur on separate individuals.
Now
no plant can bear seeds unless the pollen of
the stamen falls
upon the stigma.
The wind and the
insects help to carry the pollen to the stigma.
Staminate
and
pistillate
have both stamens and
flowers.
—Flowers
that
pistils are called perfect flowers.
Those having only stamens are called stamenate flowers. Those having
Some
onlj^
pistils are called pistillate flowers.
varieties of strawberries
have individual plants
that contain the stamenate flowers and other individuals,
the pistillate flowers.
In planting such varieties
it
is
evident that both kind of flowers would have to be provided, otherwise the plants
In
many
would produce no
berries.
plants, such as the clovers for example, the
grow into the pistil of the same flower, but the pistil must get its pollen from some other flower before the young seeds will develop. The seed of corn is often mixed because the wind or bees carry pollen from different varieties to the silks at the growing ear. pollen will not
«
PLANT STEMS The silks,
tassel of the corn is the
291
stamenate flower, and the
the pistillate flower. Practical Exercises 1.
The Structure of the Flower
Get specimens of three or four different kinds of flow-
and
fill
out the following table from your observation
of each flower: "*
'
Name
i
I
of
|
Flower
Make
|
|
No. of Sepals
i
I
j
No. of Petals and color
!
|
No. of
Stamens
I
|
No. of Pistils
Seeds
many
or few
a drawing of each of the parts of the flower and
of the whole flower.
LESSON LXXXII PLANT STEMS
—
Purposes of stems. In our studies of the parts of growing plants we shall learn something more about
As
the root develops from the base of the embryo of the seed, the plumule, or first shoot, develops from the other end and becomes the main stem of the plant. Stems serve the plants three purposes: They support the branches and hold (1)
plant stems.
caulicle in the
up to the light. (2) They conduct the water and mineral food up from the ground to the leaves, and the starch and other manufactured food materials from the leaves
the leaves
down
to
the roots
plant wherever needed.
(3)
and other parts of the They serve in some cases
as storehouses for the reserve food of the plant.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
292
Man M^ays. fuel.
has made the stems of plants serve him in other
They provide him with lumber, posts, They serve in man.y cases as food, and
poles,
and
indirectly
furnish materials both for food and clothing.
Stem oped
structure.
— Unlike
the root, the stem
sections, similar in a
in
Each
building.
way
is
devel-
to the stories of a
more The
section or story consists of one or
leaves attached to the farthest end of the section.
part of the stem to which the leaves are attached
is
called
and the part between the leaves is called the internode. The nodes are the points where the lateral buds are formed, and the internodes elongate causing the growth in length of the stem. The structure of the the node,
inside of stems will be seen in the practical exercises to follow.
Habits erect,
port
of
growth.
—Plants
have
stems
that
are
standing above ground, and strong enough to supall
the leaves
and branches.
plants are twining, or
lie
The stems of other upon the ground.
prostrate
The stems of some plants are
entirely
underground,
either condensed into short bulbs or running like rootstocks for a considerable length, bearing leaves above
ground from their nodes.
Still
other plants are with-
out stems, bearing their leaves from the root crowns. Practical Exercises 1.
Types of Stem Structure
Each pupil should have sections about six inches long, and of a twig from a tree. Compare the cross sections of the two stems. Note
of corn-stalk
1
PLANT STEMS woody
that in the corn-stalk the
irregularly through the pith, the
wood
is
arranged in
circles
293 fibres
are scattered
while in the tree stem
around the
drawings of the cross sections to show
Cut the stems into longitudinal
pith.
Make
this.
sections,
and make
drawings to show the arrangement of the wood and pith.
These two kinds of stems represent the two great
groups of flowering plants having closed seed vessels monocotyledons and dicotyledons. longs to the former, grasses, trees,
palms,
lilies,
Go 1.
The corn stem
tree stem to the latter.
be-
The
are monocotyledons, and the
etc.,
most of the weeds and grains are dicotyledons. 2.
tions
and the
Field Study of the Corn Plant
to the nearest corn field,
and note your observa-
on the following points
How many
and how many blades have
joints
formed on the corn stems? 2.
Would you
Why Why do
nodes ? 3.
prefer stalks with short or long inter-
?
stalks
grow
tall
and slender when planted
too thickly? 4.
If the ear has formed, count the
above and below 5.
What
number
of nodes
it.
height above the ground would you think
best for the ear to be? 6.
Note how the blade
7.
Note the stem above the
into the tassel.
is
attached to the stem. last node.
It
develops
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUBE
294
Habits of Stem Growth
3.
Fill out the table
below with several examples of the
kinds of stems indicated Stems on the Basis of Habit of Growth I
I
Twining-
|
Prostrate
|Undergr'und|
I
Condensed bulb stem
1
|
Stcmless
1.
What
2.
For what purposes do plant stems serve man!
3.
Name
the stem.
purposes do stems serve to the plant?
the other parts of the plant attached to
JUNE On
the farm.
—June
the year on the farm. is
is
one of the busiest months of
The work
urgent and laborious.
is
not so varied, but
it
There are persistent, vigor-
ously growing weeds to contend with, insects to combat,
corn
truck patches, and gardens to cultivate, and
fields,
and
clover
alfalfa to cut.
LESSON LXXXIII WEEDS Weeds, a great
pest.
—The farmer's
life is
ual battle against the enemies of his crops.
work hard harder
to
still
He must
combat insect pests and plant-diseases, but
to eradicate the weeds.
where the farmer does not want a weed.
a contin-
Weeds
it
Any
plant growing
might be considered
are objectionable because they rob other
plants of their food, moisture, and sunlight.
Classes of weeds.
—annuals,
—Weeds may be divided into three and perennials.
are those plants that go to seed every year,
Annuals and die,
coming up from the seed year after year.
Pigweed,
classes
biennials,
wild mustard, and ragweed are examples of this
class.
To destroy such weeds, prevent them from going to seed. Biennials are plants that live for two years. They grow up from the seed one year and produce a heavy root. The next year they grow up from this root, pro295
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
296
duce seed and then
die.
To destroy
this class of weeds,
them up by the roots the first year or prevent them from seeding the second year. Burdock, bull thistle, and mullein belong to this class. Perennials are those pull
plants that seed every year but whose roots live on from
The only way to eradicate the perennials them root and branch. These are the hardest of all to kill. The Canada thistle, ox-eye daisy, the fleabanes, sorrel, and common sour dock belong to this class. When such weeds are allowed to spread they soon year to year. is
to destroy
take possession of the farm. Practical Exercises 1.
Gather stem, leaf,
for study.
of Field Collections of
Studjj
Weeds
six or seven different kinds of
and
all
weeds
—and take them into the
Answer
—
school
roots,
room
the following questions regarding
each of the weeds you have collected
Name 1.
Kinds of
2.
Calculate
soil in
How are the When ripe?
5.
At what time
3.
which
number
4.
of the it
Weed thrives best.
of seeds.
seeds scattered
in the
?
growing season do they
ger-
minate ? 6.
7. 8.
Does the young plant grow rapidly or slowly? What kind of roots does the plant have ? When you cut it off does a new plant come from
the same place? 9.
their
Does plowing through a patch of weeds increase
number ?
WEEDS
297
Does the weed have any natural check, such as
10.
birds, insects or live stock eating the foliage?
Weeds can be
11.
killed either
by preventing the
formation of seeds, or by preventing the growth of the
Which
foliage.
weed
in
is
better suited to the
hand?
What garden
12.
How
of these methods
does
it
injure
or field crop does this
weed injure ?
it ?
Write the names of twelve different kinds of weeds
and
classify as to
whether they are annual, biennial, or
perennial. 2.
Spraying
to Kill
Weeds
Dissolve two pounds of iron sulphate (copperas) in a gallon of water, and spray over a patch of grass and
weeds.
Observe results after twenty-four hours and
note which weeds are killed. Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Fanners' Bulletins No. 28.— Weeds and How to Kill Them. No. 188.^Weeds Used in Medicine. Extracts No. 133. Birds as Weed Destroyers.
—
Problems 1.
If a clean field produces 60 bu. of corn per acre
and a weedy one only 35 bu. per acre, what is the loss caused by weeds with corn at 35 cents per bushel? What would be the loss on a 20-acre field at the 2. same rate?
For how many days' labor at $1 per day amount of money equal to this loss pay? Suppose it required only four days' work 4. 3.
will
to
an
keep
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
298
an acre free from weeds, what would be the gain per acre? 5.
"What would be the gain on a 24-acre
6.
Is the quality of
^
from a weedy
H
the corn field
ever
so
good
field ?
as
that from a clean field?
Why? clean
Suppose
7.
oats produce 65 bu. per
weedy
and
acre
oats
produce only 48 bu. per acre,
with
oats
at
is
30
what
cents per bushel,
the loss from weeds?
What
is
the loss on a
16-acre field?
a
8. Are oats grown weedy field as good
?
9.
sons
Explain.
Give several rea-
weedy
for
Can weeds easily
in
grown
quality as clean oats
in
in
oats.
oats
destroyed
be
after
Weed Lesson.
FiG. 89.
the oats are sown? 10.
Will
tion prevent
crop
A
Amaranth weed
b,
;
;
d,
crab grass pigeon grass.
;
c,
rag
rota-
weeds in oats?
oats to follow? 11.
i
What
is
a good crop for
Why?
yield of 300 bu. of potatoes per acre would
be an excellent crop. The land would need to be well cul-
TRUCK CROPS and kept
tivated
from weeds
free
to
299
produce
pose but 140 bu. are grown instead, what
At 25
from lack of labor?
cents per bushel
money value of this loss? 12. For how many days' an amount of money equal to 13.
this. is
Sup-
the loss
what
is
labor at $1.25 per day will this loss
pay ?
Suppose only twelve days' extra labor were
FiG.
90.
the
re-
Grain Weeding Plots
quired to give the larger yield,
how much would
be
gained ? 14.
If the
himself,
farmer did these extra twelve days' work
what would he get per day
for his time
?
LESSON LXXXIV TRUCK CROPS During the month
of
June the harvesting of truck
crops again calls our attention to the vegetable garden.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
3G0
On
our forty-acre farm we are not specializing in truck
gardening, and we shall have
little
for the
market per-
haps, hut our tables will be abundantly supplied with
new and
fresh vegetables.
Profit in truck crops.
—Vegetables grown for market Many
are called truck crops.
able than
any
other.
sections profit-
well
Oxion Harvest
with general farming, for
and
all
Truck gardening combines
Fig. 91.
before
farmers in
"truck farming" more
of the country are finding
it
may
after the standard
bring money returns
farm crops mature.
To-
matoes, cabbage, strawberries, cantaloupes, onions, endive, beans, sweet corn, asparagus, peas, all
and
beets have
been found profitable, and there should be larger
developments in the trucking business in the future.
General
requirements.
earliest vegetables,
—In
and thus
order
realize
to
obtain
the
most profit in the
1
TRUCK CROPS trucking business, the
soil
301
should be
light,
warm and
Truck crops require heavy applications
quick. tilizers.
of fer-
Cabbage and tomatoes succeed best on lands
humus, hence it is best to practice and include a cover crop of cow peas or clover to turn under, or to apply annually an ample Low lands are usually supply of barnyard manure. richer in humus than uplands, and if properly drained, make the better sites for truck gardens. Every truck crop demands special attention and treatment, and details cannot be given here. The following
that are rich
in
rotation of crops
bulletins
from the Department of Agriculture
treat of
special truck crops
The only
Note.
practical suggestion to offer in con-
nection with this lesson
who reads
it,
is
to advise
every boy and girl
seriously to try out some garden vegetable
for the profit there
is
in
growing and marketing
it.
Free Bulletins, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Farmers' Bulletins No. 35. Potato Cultnve. No. 354. Onion Culture. No. 52.— The Sugar Beet. No. 60. Methods of Curing Tobacco. No. 82.— The Culture of Tobacco. No. 83.— Tobacco Soils. No. 120. The Principal Insect Affecting the Tobacco Plant. No. 129.— Sweet Potatoes. No. 61. Asparagus. No. 94. Cabbage. No. 220.— Tomato. No. 282.— Celery. No. 359. Canning Vegetables.
— — —
— — —
—
Problems 1.
all
A
sugar factory agrees to pay $4.50 per ton for
beets testing 14 per cent, or
less,
of sugar.
They
LESSONS IX AGEICULTUEE
302
an additional 25 cents per ton for
also agree to give
each additional
1
per cent of sugar or fraction thereof
over 14 per cent,
What
cent.
14 per cent? cent?
14.3 per cent?
15.2 per cent?
14.7 per cent?
15.6 per cent?
15 per
15.8 per cent?
Mr. Smith's beets yield fourteen tons per acre
2.
and
the fraction exceeds one-half per
if
the price of beets testing 13.7 per cent?
is
test 15
per cent.
How much
does he get per acre
for his crop? 3. On two acres of ground Mr. Jones raises 73,680 pounds of beets which test 14.8 per cent. How much do his beets bring him in money per acre? 4. If Mr. Jones spends $56 worth of labor on his
crop of beets, what
How many
5.
an acre
in
is
his net profit
per acre?
onion plants will be required to set
rows two feet apart, plants four inches
apart in the row? If a
6.
will
it
7.
many
boy can
take
set nine plants
to set
If these onions
per minute, how long
them? average four ounces each,
bushels are raised on an acre?
six ounces? 8.
him
What
Twelve ounces? is
how
If they average
One pound?
the value of the crop in each case, at
60 cents per bushel? 9.
If
it
requires fifty days of a boy's time, worth
75 cents per day, to raise an acre of onions, what will be his profit on an acre of four-ounce onions ?
VALUE OF BIRDS TO AGRICULTUEE
303
LESSON LXXXV THE VALUE OF BIRDS TO AGRICULTURE Bird
life,
—We
can not be long upon the farm
June without noting the joyous
dawn
are busy from
life
of the birds.
in
They and
to dark, building their nests
Nothing disturbs them except and the occasional thoughtless boy, who
feeding their nestlings. the heartless cat
has not yet learned the great service the birds render
The native birds are one
to the farmer.
most valuable
If the birds
assets.
of the nation's
were destroyed, in a
very few years the insects would have multiplied to such
an extent that our trees would be defoliated, and our crops destroyed.
This
Birds and insects. tion
is
—
not fancy, but plain facts.
has been found by observa-
It
and dissection that a Cuckoo consumes daily from
50 to 400 caterpillars, and that a Chickadee will eat from
200 to 500 insects or up to 4000 insect eggs. dred insects a day
consumed by
One hun-
a small estimate of the quantity
and most of our birds Not only do they destroy great numbut they eat great quantities of weed
insect eating birds,
are insect eaters. bers of insects, seeds as well.
is
The State
of Illinois loses annually about
$20,000,000 by the ravages of insects. It
is
the duty,
every citizen to do uable birds, and to
homes.
and
it
should be the pleasure, of
power encourage them
all in his
to protect these valto
remain about our
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
304
Practical Exercises 1.
Observational Studies of Birds Abovt the
Each pupil
in the class should take
Farm
a walk alone.
along the lanes and about the fields and orchards at
home.
Take a note-book and pencil and walk quietly and
unconcernedly looking among the
trees, bushes, fences.
Black-Throated
Fig
Warbler
and on the ground for the birds. Prepare the following you in your observations, and from
outline to guide
which
to
make report
to the school for this lesson:
Birds observed. W^hat the bird was doing.
What It eats. Color. Where it nests.
y^p^^
FARMERS' FRIENDS
VALUE OF BIRDS TO AGEICULTURE 2.
305
Bird Boxes
Each pupil should make a bird box, according to some design of his own choosing, and bring it to school to show the teacher and the rest of the class. Take the box home and put it up out of reach of the cat in some attractive place
Fig.
would be well yard
to
where the birds can build in
93.
it.
It
Maryland Yellow-Throat
make some bird boxes
for the school
also.
Problems 1.
state
Suppose that the damage from is
25c an acre.
whole state?
How much
insects in your would that be for the
LESSONS IN AGRICULTURE
306 If there
2.
were three birds on every acre, how many
birds would there be in this state? 3.
It"
each bird eats 25 insects a day (a very low
mate), how state
many
insects
would be destroyed
esti-
in this
during the months of June, July, and August ? If 120,000 insects
4.
fill
how many during the summer
a bushel basket,
bushels of insects would the birds eat
from the above estimate? Suppose that one-fourth of the birds in
5.
as calculated above,
of seed daily,
would
eat one-fourth of
how many pounds
this state,
an ounce
weed seeds would
of
our birds destroy in three months?
The are:
forces that
man;
work against the increase
of bird life
the climatic elements; accidents; cats; other
How
animals; birds of prey, and snakes.
can we help
the birds in their struggle against these enemies?
Each
one of us can do something, and every time we save the
we have not only done a kindness to the creatures we should love, but we have rendered service Have you read Longfelto the cause of agriculture. low's poem entitled, "The Birds of Killingworth"?
life
of one bird,
Reference:
Farmers' Bulletin, No.
54.
LESSON LXXXYI THE TOAD, THE FARMER'S FRIEND The toad and
insects.
—lu
about which we studied in the another valued friend in the the
summer
the toad
is
addition
the
to
last lesson, the
common
toad.
birds,
farmer has
All through
eating the harmful insects from
our yards, gardens, truck-patches, and
fields.
The toad
THE TOAD— FARMERS FRIEND
307
'
does more to rid the garden and field of noxious insects than any one species of bird, and he has solved the prob-
lem of insecticides better than
man
with
all his
bungling
spray-machines.
—
The home of the toad. The toad has a "homeing and should be placed in yards, gardens, and
instinct,"
Courtesy E. F. Bigelov, Sound Beach, Conn. Fig. 94.
fields,
mals.
The
To.\d ix
IIi.s
Home
and become one of our most valued domestic
A
little
ani-
stone house, containing a shallow jar of
water will furnish an attractive home for the toad in the garden, and he will go forth at night like the lubber fiend, to
do our tasks while we
The toad a harmless
sleep.
creature.
—Laws
should
passed preventing the small boy from killing toads he cares
to.
The toad
the old wart superstition
is
is
be
all
the
absolutely harmless,
and
mere "bosh," and
its ugli-
LESSONS IN AGRirULTUEE
n08 ness,
becomes transformed into real beauty,
so-called,
when we The
see its great service in the
on the
flects
wells
his
of nature.
man
methods of the man who leaves
thriftless
open,
rather
poor toad, which the
economy
fact that the toad sometimes gets into wells, re-
than
falls in, in its
should provide for
ing insect pests,
it.
upon the
thirst
of
search for the water that
In these days of increas-
behooves us to encourage and protect
it
the natural enemies of our plant destroyers,
all of
a few toads
garden
in a
the
and
toward controlling and the leaf -eating beetles. The toad is an animal full of will go far
the cut worms, caterpillars,
A
plea for the toad.
vital interest
from
its
—
egg stage, through the tad-pole de-
velopment, to the adult, and the horror and disgust with
which
this
harmless beneficial friend
is
viewed by many
boys and girls should be changed to intelligent sympathy
and
active appreciation in its behalf. Practical Exercises
Watching
1.
The day before
the
Toad Eat
this lesson is to be given, the teacher,
with the pupils' assistance, should have a box about a cubic foot in
with
some
may
common sort
size,
screened
door-screening,
off
on two opposite sides
and a
little
hinged door of
made, through which the toads and insects
be put into the box.
Place two toads in the box on the evening before the lesson,
and they
hungry enough to "show off" Announce the plan beforehand, and
will be
well for the class.
ask the pupils to bring in pillars,
worms,
beetles, etc.
flies,
bugs, butterflies, cater-
CUTTING CLOVER AND ALFALFA
When
the lesson
is
309
ready to begin, place the box be-
fore the class, put all the insects in with the toads,
watch them seldom
see.
snapped
in
rapidity.
and Such an interesting sight the pupils The insects disappear as if by magic, by the toad's long tongue with lightning eat.
Have some pupil count how many
insects the
toad eats during the recitation time. Place one toad in the glass tumbler, cover with a
mosquito netting and pass
it
around among the pupils,
so that all can see the beautiful eyes
—"the fabled jewel"
in the toad's head.
LESSON LXXXVII CUTTING CLOVER AND ALFALFA It is
during the second year of our red clover
field,
and the third or fourth year of the alfalfa stand, and we must begin to harvest these crops this month. Values of clover. Next to alfalfa, red clover is one
—
of the most valuable forage crops for stock feeding.
most every farm animal red clover.
is
Its merits in this respect are not fully ap-
preciated as a farm crop. soiling crop,
der the
soil
and
as a green
It is valuable as hay, as a
manure crop
;
its
roots ren-
open and porous, and richer in nitrogen.
Making- clover hay.
— Clover should be cut when free
from moisture, and when about one-third of the
soms have begun will
to turn
brown.
At
make the most nutritious hay.
and allowed
Al-
benefited by the feeding of
to lie
blos-
this time the clover
The clover
in the swath until almost dry,
is
cut
when
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
310 it
is
raked into windrows, and allowed to dry more.
Then the windrows are gathered into piles or hay-cocks. may stand in the field a day or two or be hauled It should be the aim of to the stack or barn at once. These
the farmer to save all the leaves of the clover possible, for they contain
much
Rains and dews
food material.
are injurious to the crop while curing, quickly changing the color of the leaves to a dark brown,
FiG. 95.
and
attractive.
de-
Alfalfa
stroying the rich aroma from the so palatable
and soon
oils
Red
which make clover
clover furnishes ex-
cellent pasture for stock of all kinds, but the result of this practice is usually the destruction of the plants.
Harvesting a similar
manner
fifth of the
growth
alfalfa.
— Alfalfa
to clover.
is
and
in a
when about oneAs soon as cut new
It is cut
heads are in blossom.
starts up,
harvested for hay in
few weeks
it
can be cut again
AGRICULTUEAL IMPROVEMENT for hay.
311
Usually three or four crops «an be cut from
The hay is cured in the same more care needs to be taken to save
the same field in a season.
way
as clover, but
the leaves, as they drop off easily as soon as dry.
Problems
Ask some farmer how many
1.
tons of clover hay an
acre should yield, and calculate the yield for ten
What
price would the clover
if sold at
the market rate?
Find the number of tons
2.
acres.'
hay from ten acres bring in a rick of clover hay,
25 feet long, 10 feet wide, and 40 feet over?
Find the number
3.
of tons in a
mow, 40
feet long,
25 feet wide, and 12 feet high.
How many
4.
tons of hay will your father's barn on
home hold? To find the number
the farm at
Note.
In moiv. breadth in
of tons of
height, length
and
and divide the product by 450
for
]\Iultiply together the feet,
hay
timothy, and by 600 for clover hay.
In
rick.
Multiply the length by the breadth and that
product by one half the difference between the breadth
and the distance
over.
as above to find the References: Wallace.
This will give cubic
number
Farmers'
Divide
feet.
of tons.
Bulletin,
No.
278.
Clover
Farming,
LESSON LXXXVIII FIVE LINES OF AGRICULTURAL IMPROVEMENT Out-line Beview
Since June
is
one of the best months for
many
of the
improvements suggested by the outline given below.
LESSONS IN AGRICULTUEE
312
this lesson is inserted at this point as a
review outline.
Pupils should study the following outline until they are able to reproduce it: Seed Improvement
1.
1.
Selection for: a.
Purity.
b.
Trueness to type.
c.
Viability.
d. 2.
General vigor.
Testing for: a.
Germination.
b.
Vigor of growth.
3.
Plant breeding.
1.
Use of pure breeds.
2.
Proper care and feeding.
Live Stocl: Improvement
2.
Soil Culture
3.
1.
Drainage.
2.
Tillage.
3.
Manuring.
4.
Fertilizing.
5.
Liming.
6.
Crop
1.
In fruit-growing by:
rotation. 4.
2.
Improvement
a.
Spraying.
b.
Pruning,
ChecMng
tillage, etc.
In forests by: a.
Checking
fires.
the
Waste
AGEICULTURE IMPEOVEMENT
3.
b.
More
careful lumbering.
In
field
crops by
a.
Use of good
313
:
seed.
Good cultivation. In manures 'and fertilizers by a. Spreading manures often
b. 4.
or
preventing
its
leaching away.
5.
b.
Using only the
In
live stock
a.
Having pure-bred
b.
Intelligent care in handling.
fertilizers needed.
and feeding by stock.
Feeding balanced rations of good standards and
c.
not buying patent medicines and feeds. 6.
In a.
human efforts by Knowledge and practice of
scientific agriculture.
Country Life Organkaiion:i
5.
1.
Boys' and
2.
The grange.
3.
Consolidated schools.
4.
Country churches.
girls' agricultural clubs.
JULY On
the farm.
— This
and hay-making.
is
the
Tlie orchard
month of wheat harvest is to
be sprayed again to
cheek the second brood of codling moths and spread of
The catalpa grove and young orchard Such
various fruit rots.
should be sown to cow peas or some other legume.
succession crops as beans, cabbage, peas, lettuce, radishes, turnips,
etc.,
may
be planted in the garden this month.
LESSON LXXXIX ROADS AND EOAD-MAKING Perhaps the best time of the year improve the old ones
is
to
make roads and
in the spring season, but there
are certain improvements which can profitably be in July
and August.
or in winter settled,
and
is
Working
not advisable, because they will not get
will
remain bad
Good roads and country have good roads.
winter.
all
life.
will never be as attractive as
young people them to grow
the roads late in
made autumn
— Our it
Bad winter
in their
homes
for
life in
the country
ought to be until we roads that
many
keep the
months, cause
and to join that humanity moving steadily toward the Will not the young people who love their councities. try homes enter into this crusade for better roads?
throng of
to dislike the country,
restless
314
ROADS AXD ROAD MAKING
315
All industrial interests are affected by the nature
and condition
of the
country roads, over which the
products of the farm are transported to market, but is
the farmer
—which
who
suffers
it
most from the inferior roads
constitute so large a percentage of the road
system of the United States.
Fig. 96.
Over our country roads
A Bad Road
there are annually hauled at least 250,000,000 tons.
A
system of better roads would reduce the cost of hauling this
now
volume of freight one-half or two-thirds of what it Following are some of the values of good costs.
roads.
2.
A A
3.
Makes country
1.
direct saving in dollars
and
cents.
How?
saving of time. life
more
desirable.
How?
LESSOXS IN AGEICULTUEE
316 4.
Makes
school
and church attendance more con-
venient.
humane
5.
JMore
6.
Helps every industry of the
As
a part of the
to horses. city.
"Why?
preparation of this lesson, each
.
pupil should write a brief essay upon one of these topics.
Fig. 07.
An Improved Road
Points in the Construction of a Good Road 1.
A
level
road or gradual grade, whenever pos-
sible. 2.
The road
to each side,
bed, highest in the middle
having a
fall of
and sloping
one inch to three or four
feet. 3.
Under-drains
in
wet
places,
and
side-ditches
EOADS AND EOAD-MAKING to
carry
necessary
off
317
surface water should furnish the drainage
for
ning, in roads
good roads. is
Water, standing or run-
the great destroyer of good roads.
The surface should be hard and smooth. A good is made by putting a layer of larger stones at the bottom, a layer of smaller stones next, and crushed 4.
surface
stone or gravel as the top layer.
Ordinary earth roads can be improved
5.
b.y
proper
grading and drainage.
The best time to do this is in the spring after the ground is settled. 6. Drains should be kept open, and all depressions filled.
Pupils should write a paragraph on one of these topics in their note-books. Practical Exercises Constructing a Eoad
1.
For the second part of
this lesson
sible at the school to construct a
liouse to
it
might be pos-
path from the school'
some desired point a few rods away, accord-
ing to the best principles of road-making. If
some of the larger boys or some school patron
would furnish a few loads of coarse
stone, a
few loads
plow and a team for a few hours, an interesting and profitable demonstration of good road-makof gravel, a
ing could be
made
at the school.
1.
Select the line for the road or walk.
2.
Measure
length
off
a
space six feet wide,
of the walk to be constructed,
the entire
and mark
it
with
stakes. 8.
Plow up the whole
area, turning
it
toward the
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
318 middle. is
large,
Then with spades or a scraper, if the space grade it up from the sides to the center, so
that the center of the
is
about one inch higher than the level
ground where
it
is
not plowed.
Place a layer of coarse stones over this surface
4.
and
next,
a layer of gravel or finer stones over the
coarser stones.
Smooth
it
over so that the walk
all
gradually slopes from the center to the ditch
left
at
by the plow's furrow. 5. The walk is now ready for use. The side ditch or drain should be kept open, and the roadbed properthe side
ly graded.
Eeferences
:
Farmers' Bulletin, Nos. 136 and 338.
Problems
Find out how much tax your father pays
1.
roads of the county.
What
is
for the
the rate of road tax in
your county or state?
Learn from some
2.
citizen
or
from your Road
Commissioner his estimate of the cost of constructing a mile of gravel or crushed stone road in your section,
and then determine what it would cost to build such a road on all the main lines of the school district.
LESSON XC TIMOTHY HAY Time for vest
We
is
harvest.
— Very
soon after the wheat har-
over the timothy hay will be ready for cutting.
have
five acres
least three tons
on our farm, and we shall expect at
per acre.
Some farmers say
that timothy
TIMOTHY HAY hay should be cut just as
coming into blossom, others
it is
say to wait until the blossoms have cut our hay
when
319
General requirements for meadow.
on muck
Fig.
in
Timothy Hay at West Five Tuns
98.
autumn with wheat
timothy occupies the hay. if
soils,
It
may
but
it is
\ii;.i;.!..
1'eu
or rye.
field,
i
humus
likely to
The seed of timothy
too coarse stemmed.
shall
fall.
—Timothy
well on rather heavy soils like clay and. It also does well
We
all fallen.
the blossoms are beginning to
is
does
loams.
become
usually sown
i
i
.
^ion
—
Avuh
After the grain
and the next year
is
is
cut the
cut for
be used several years for hay, especially
top dressed in the spring with stable manure. Timothy
may
be sown alone in the
bushel of seed
is
fall
on well prepared land.
used for about six acres of land.
A In
grown with red clover. A recent practice of many farmers is to sow both timothy and
practice timothy
is
often
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
320
clover seed together late in the summer. in this way, a fall crop of
hay
is
When sown
secured the following
season.
Meadow
grasses.
mower, allowed rows,
and
—Timothy
hay
to cure in the swath,
later into
hay -cocks, from which
Fig.
or stowed in the
is
9tf.
mow.
chard grass, red top,
cut
with
a
raked into windto be stacked
A Haying Scene
Other good hay grasses are millet, etc.,
and
all
or-
these are en-
The legumes in help to maintain hay grasses, combination with the other the meadow's fertility, and to bring it to a higher yield.
riched by the legumes in combination.
PASTURES
321
Problems
How much
1.
bring
if
would the hay from our
five-acre field
placed on the market at the prevailing price ?
how much stable manure should be spread upon our meadow as a top dressing after the hay Ascertain
2.
is cut. 3.
Write a
list
and legumes
of the different grasses
used as hay.
LESSON XCI PASTURES Pastures
need attention.
—While
we
are
working
with meadows and hay we shall try to learn something about pastures.
It is well
known
that the ordinary pas-
ture throughout the country receives very tion
and
is
of little value
little atten-
when compared with
other
farm lands. With proper seeding and care the pasture might be made as valuable as any other part of the farm. Mr. McClennan, of the New York States College farm, states that in several of the European countries
land valued at from $2,000 to $3,000 per acre has
been kept in pasture for generations and at a cause is
it is
intelligently seeded
and properly
entirely practical to re-seed pastures with
grass desired without breaking
up
profit, be-
treated.
It
any kind
of
the soil or injuring
the sod.
Grasses for pasture.
— Good
pasture land should be
seeded with such variety of grasses as will supply plenty
LESSONS IN AORICULTUEE
322
of food for the stock
from early spring
to late fall.
Mr.
iMcClennan gives the following grasses for permanent pasture
:
"A
mixture of seed containing 4 pounds of
or-
chard grass, 4 pounds of meadow fescue, 3 pounds of tall oat grass, 2 pounds of timothy, 2 pounds of alsike
DRY FARMING Philippi,
West
333
Virginia, has been of great service to
farmers of this country through his Pasture Clubs,
or-
ganized for mutual helpfulness in the improvement of pastures.
Problems 1.
How much
seed would be needed to renew the pas-
ture on our forty-acre farm, using the
above on each acre 2.
How many
amount quoted
?
head of stock should we allow on our
pasture, if in good average condition of growth
?
Examine the pastures at home and report how much stable manure it will require to cover the bare and poor spots, at the rate of six tons per acre. 4. J\Take a list of the pasture grasses grown in your 3.
community. References:
Than
Grasses.
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 66. Forage Crops Other Elements of Agriculture. Warren,
—
— Shaw.
LESSON XCII DRY FARMING The problem. er's crops are
—At
this season of the
most likely
to suffer
year the farm-
from dry weather.
During the summer the plants are making heavy drafts upon the earth's moisture, and the hot, dry atmosphere is
evaporating
all
the water
and moisture exposed
to
it.
In certain semi-arid sections of the country the farmers
have met this problem of conserving moisture by a sys-
tem known as ''dry farming. " that a certain
duce a single
Tt
has been demonstrated
amount of water is indispensable. To propound of dry substance in wheat, 1.200
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
324
pounds of water are necessary. It would, therefore, be impossible to produce a crop year after year on the same dry area. The question is not one of fertility of soil, but of conservation of moisture.
The conservation of moisture.
—By
the system
of
dry farming the solution of the problem consists in sum-
mer fallowing of the
land, which tneans that the
plowed as deep as possible and
is
all
the rainfall
it
A
can.
left to rest
ground and absorb
person with a two-hundred
acre farm would by this method use only one-half of his
land at a time for crops and allow the other half to lie
fallow.
A
crop every year on
hopelessly dry up
all
the
all
the land would
In addition to the deep
soil.
plowing and summer fallowing, a loose surface mulch
must be kept over the evaporating. rainfall,
In this
fields to
way
characteristic
prevent the moisture from
the twelve or thirteen inches of
of
many
semi-arid
regions,
is
caught and held to supply the moisture for the crop of a single season.
Certain crops have been bred up to be adapted to the
dry farming system, among which are the macaroni wheat, Turkestan alfalfa, dwarf Milo maize, and Swedish oats.
At the present time wheat
is
the principal crop in
dry farming. Practical Exercises See Exercise 5, Lesson 46. Hotv Moisture is Saved by the Dry Earth Produced 2. Frequent Shalloiv Cultivation. 1.
Suspend a
tin can
from each end of a small
63/
stick four-
teen to sixteen inches long and balance over a nail driven
through a hole at the middle of the
stick.
DEY FAEMING
325
and the other
Fill one can full of moist soil
to within
about one inch of the top with a portion of the same
Pour dry dust over
soil.
the surface of the soil in the second
can to the depth of about an inch.
Adjust the amount
of soil in the two cans so that the system exactly balances.
Allow the apparatus
to stand over night.
amount of water that must be added
to one
The
can to restore
a balance represents the water that has been saved by
—the
the protective covering of dust
dry earth mulch.
Hold the bar horizontally while adding the water. The effect of mulches of cut straw, leaves, or other material may be studied in the same way.
AUGUST
—This
On the farm. may take a little
the month when the farmer and every farmer should leave
is
vacation,
his farm, if possible, for a short vacation at least once a
year.
There are plenty of things
August,
if
planning to sow an alfalfa his
wheat ground.
field,
or he
If the weather
to dig his potatoes. nips.
do, however,
to
the farmer wishes to find work.
He
will
is
in
Perhaps he
is
may have to break rainy he may have
probably sow a patch of tur-
There will be fence corners
to
mow and
clean out.
Perhaps he may have some melons or cucumbers or other
Of course he should help the housewife
truck to market.
to pick blackberries, peaches or apples, for she is very
busy at canning
month. The teacher and pupils work going on during August.
this
will think of other
LESSON XCIII ALFALFA Essentials in
growing
alfalfa.
—
It is
worth the
trial
for most farmers to begin the production of alfalfa.
There are a few essentials in alfalfa culture that are
re-
quired for success. 1.
2.
The seed bed must be in perfect "onion tilth." The ground should be inoculated with the bacteria
necessary to produce the root-nodules. 326
This
may
be done
ALFALFA by sprinkling the
soil of
327
the field with soil from an old
alfalfa or sweet clover field. 3.
There must be plenty of lime in the
4.
Weeds must
soil.
not be allowed to choke out the young
alfalfa plant. 5.
The ground must be well drained and have a por-
ous sub-soil, for alfalfa has a long tap-root and must
grow deep into the soil. 6. The seed must be pure and viable, and sown at the rate of 25 pounds per acre. With these conditions provided alfalfa may be grown much more widely than at present. Practical Exercises 1.
If the required
An
Alfalfa Plot Test
amount
of land cannot be obtained on
the school grounds, a farmer living near the school will
probably be glad to furnish the land.
Select the site in
any plowed-up ground, lay out the following one rod square
1
plats,
each
LESSONS IM AGRICULTUEE
328
Sow about
eight quarts of lime on plats 2
quarts on each plat, which bushels on an acre.
on the other
plats.
four
soil
from a place where
growing, and scatter a few
is
quarts of this on plats 3 and it
4,
equivalent to about twenty
is
Obtain some
alfalfa or sweet clover
and
This
being careful not to get
4,
is
inoculating the
soil
with
Then sow a light seeding of oats or barley over all the plats, a little more than a quart Then sow about three-fourths of a pound is sufficient. of alfalfa over the four plats and rake it in. Be careful not to rake any of the soil from the inoculated plats the bacteria of the alfalfa.
into the others.
No
further care need be given the plats until the bar-
ley or oats
is
headed
out,
when
it
should be
The
above the tops of the alfalfa plants.
mowed
should not be allowed to mature in the alfalfa.
may
be closed before this experiment
is
off
oats or barley
finished
School ;
but the
teacher should appoint a committee to study and report the
observations of the summer,
and
all
living near
watch the experiment. This is should be encouraged getting lessons from the real source and not from books to
alone.
Draw
the plats in the agricultural note-books,
and an-
swer the following questions
How falfa?
each
soon does the barley or oats come up?
al-
In six weeks observe the roots of the alfalfa in In which plats are swollen nodules found on
plat.
the alfalfa roots ? oculation plats.
The
?
What
is
the effect of the lime
and
in-
Observe the difference in growth in the four
BUDDING FEUIT TBEES
is
329
The surest way to get alfalfa to grow on a poor soil manure the soil, cultivate it, and sow about August
to
and
the 1st, applying lime
This work
may
there are no plats for of these lessons
is
home if The home work
it
near the school.
to be greatly encouraged.
Alfalfa Book.
References:
inoculation, if necessary.
be carried on at the students'
— Coburn.
Farmers' Bulletin, No.
215.
LESSON XCIV BUDDING FRUIT TREES August
is
month when young peach and apple
the
trees
are usually budded.
Purpose of budding.
—Budding
is
such a simple and
important farm operation that every boy and
know how trees
This
girl
should
Think of changing the little applein the orchard to any variety of apples you wish to
do
it.
exactly what budding
is
is for.
This change can be
made on branches as small as lead pencils, or as large as the thumb. The nurseryman buds the little trees a few inches above the surface of the ground. The fruit grower top buds the
little trees,
two or three
feet above the
ground.
And
when, above this apple-tree.
The winter
stars are quivering bright
And winds
go howling through the night,
Girls,
whose young eyes o'erflow with mirth,
Shall peel
And
its fruit
by cottage-hearth,
guests in prouder homes shall see.
Heaped with
the grape of Cintra 's vine
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
330
And
golden orange
The
of*
the line,
fruit of the apple-tree.
—Bryant. Practical Exercises 1.
The
class
may
Budding
the
Peach
go to a young orchard near the school
for this lesson, or several branches of
young
trees
may
be brought into the schoolroom. 1.
Make
Choose the place for the bud.
Fig. 101.
a horizontal
Budding
cut across the stem, just through the bark.
ginning in the middle of the horizontal knife straight b).
down making
cut,
a Vertical cut.
(See figure
Twist the knife sidewise before drawing
order to loosen the bark.
The stock
is
Then bedraw the it
out, in
now ready
for the
bud.
Take the buds from bearing trees of the variety you wish. Cut twigs that have grown this year. The leaves are still on them. At the base of each leaf, and between the leaf and the branch, you will find a little 2.
NO TWO PLANTS ALIKE bud.
This
the
is
bud
33I
which has
to insert into the tree
been prepared as above described. 3.
Cut the
leaf off about a quarter of
an inch above
the bud, thus leaving the leaf stock as a handle for the
bud.
The end buds should not be used.
Beginning with
a sharp knife below the bud, cut upwards just through the bark, beneath the inch.
wood. 4.
Be
bud and above
(See figure
about half an
a.)
Push the bud down
using the leaf stalk as a handle.
entire
bud
is
shoved into the incision.
should project above, cut
The bud
is
it off.
now ready
made Be sure
into the cut
stock,
5.
it
sure to cut through the bark, but not into the
into the
that the
If a piece of
bark
(See figure c).
for tying.
Raffia
is
the best
may be used. Bewound entirely, except
material to use, but ordinary string gin below the
where the bud
is.
Wrap
it
snugly and tightly, and then
(See figure d).
tie securely. 6.
bud and wrap the
In two or three weeks the bud will have "stuck,"
and the string may then be removed. The bud will remain dormant during the winter and begin to grow the next spring. Eef erences
Farmers' Bulletins^ Nos. 157 and 218.
:
LESSON XCV NO TWO PLANTS ALIKE Variations
and
resemblance.
—
It
is
a
common
observation of everybody that no two things are exactly alike.
This
is
especially true of plants.
Plants like ani-
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUBE
333
mals, produce offspring which resemble the parents very closely in
many
If
respects.
it
were not for
this resem-
blance to parents in plants, our crops would not come true to seed, and
we could not depend upon
sired characteristics in improving the crop.
hand,
it is
fixing de-
On
the other
a good thing that no two plants are exactly
might be an improvement over and thus enable the plant breeder to
alike, for the variation
the parent plant, select points for
improvement. Practical Exercises Variations in the Corn Plant.
1.
two corn plants that most nearly resemble each and note the following points in comparison
Select other, 1.
Height of the plant.
2.
Does
it
branch?
How many
secondary stems or
suckers from one root? 3.
Shade or
color.
4.
How many
5.
Arrangement
6.
jMeasure length and breadth of six main leaves.
7.
Number and
leaves? of leaves on the stem.
position of ears.
and number and
Color of
silks.
size of its branches.
8.
Size of tassel,
9.
Stage of maturity or ripeness of the plant.
10.
Has
the plant
grown symmetrically, or has
it
been
crowded by other plants, or been obliged to struggle for light or
room? the unusual marks or features.
11.
Note
12.
Note the comparative vigor.
all
These points
may
slight modification.
be used with any two plants with
WATEE SUPPLY
333
(Adapted from Bailey in the Cornell Rural School Leaflet. Keference:
Farmers' Bulletin, 229.
LESSON XCVI THE WATER SUPPLY
We
are likely to have
attention
is
rainfall in
little
August and our
often called to the quality as well as the
quantity of our water supply.
— There
nothing of more importance and convenience of a farm and household than an abundant supply of pure water. It
Pure water.
is
to the health, comfort,
is
Some
not easy to find absolutely pure water.
impurities in drinking water are harmless
;
of the
others are
The most dangerous impurities in water One kind of bacteria occasionally found in drinking water, causes the typhoid fever. It is impossible to judge by the appearvery injurious.
are the minute plant forms, called bacteria.
ance or
taste,
bacteria.
It
taste,
whether water contains these dangerous
may
be perfectly clear and have the finest
and yet be unsafe
to drink.
Sources of drinking water are: water
is
almost always pure
if
1.
Springs.
the spring
is
Spring
deep and a
good distance from foul places, such as barnyards and
open drains. 2.
Lakes and reservoirs.
Water supplied
to cities is
often taken from rivers and lakes, and purified to a certain extent
and stored
in reservoirs.
If there
is
any
doubt about the purity of the city water, people are advised to boil
it
in order to kill all the dangerous bacteria.
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
334
If wells are on a lower level than the barns
Wells.
3.
or outhouses, they are likely to contain water with the dangeroiis bacteria in into the well
it
it.
If
The land should not
drink.
any surface water can drain
renders the water impure and unfit to slope to the well
from any
house or barn, and the well cover should be perfectly tight to prevent animals
Good
from getting into
rules for drinking water.
—
1,
it.
If there is
doubt about the purity of drinking water
it
any
should be
boiled.
Allow no standing water about the farm premises,
2.
for
may
it
be the source of contamination for the drink-
ing water.
Do
3.
not drink out of the cup at public drinking
places, nor
from the common cup or dipper often used many disease germs are carried
in the schoolroom, for
from one mouth ing vessel.
to another,
through the common drink-
Pupils should have their
own
individual
drinking cups.
Always have clean fresh water for the farm aniand growth depends as much on
4.
mals, for their health
the water supply as does our own. Practical Exercises 1.
Simple Tests of Water
If this lesson is given in a school that has the material
named, the following uable 1.
tests will
prove interesting and val-
:
Test for animal or plant matter
Fill a clean test-tube half full of the drinking water,
Add
a drop or two of concentrated sulphuric acid, and
UNITED STATES WEATHER SERVICE
potassium permanganate solution to color the
.sufficient
Heat gently
water.
335
to the boiling point.
changes to a brownish
tint, it indicates the
If the color
presence of
organic matter. Test for chlorides
2.
To a
add a few drops of and then a few drops of silver nitrate soluthere is any cloudiness, it shows that the water
test-tube half full of water,
nitric acid,
If
tion.
had
traces of chlorides in
To a
test-tube half full of
barium chloride solution. it
it.
Test for sulphates
3.
water add a few drops of
If there
is
a whitish precipitate,
indicates the presence of sulphates in the water.
Test for lime compounds:
4.
To a
test-tube half full of water
add a few drops of
ammonium
A white precipitate
fresh solution of
oxalate.
indicates the presence of calcium or lime compounds.
As
a note-book record of this lesson, the pupils should
write an essay on the facts they
Water Supply, bringing out
the
have learned, and showing the attitude they
have toward the subject.
LESSON XCVII THE UNITED STATES WEATHER
SERVICE
—
Farmers dependent upon weather. There is no submore vital interest to the farmer than the weather.
ject of
Especially
is
this true in the
month
of August,
In the
corn belt the condition of the weather either makes or
mars the
crop.
As
the rain falls
"on
the just
and on the
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
336 unjust,
' '
SO does the
dry weather come
the farmer, to whatever class he
may
to both alike,
belong,
is
and
more
de-
pendent upon the state of the weather for success in his
upon any other force. Department of Agriculture, through the Weather Service, has made provision for
business, than perhaps
Weather
reports.
— The
KEY TO COLORS ^[] WHITE
(blACK
JblUE
Weather service
flags.
BLACK
KEY TO COLORS
S
i1
Wind and storm
United
Fig. 102.
St.\.tes
signals.
Weather Signals
iaily weather reports to all parts of the country.
These
reports are sent out by rural telephones, by bulletins carried
by the rural mail service, by means of signal flags and colors, and by steam whistles
of certain designs
blown
The
sufficiently strong to be
flags
heard some distance away.
used for this purpose are as follows
No.
1.
White
No.
2.
Blue flag indicates rain or snow.
flag indicates clear
and
fair weather.
UNITED STATES WEATHER SERVICE No.
3.
337
White and blue
flag indicates local rain or
flag is a
snow. No.
4.
Black triangular
No.
5.
White
flag
wave
dicates that a cold
When weather
No. 4 is
is
A
is
storm of great violence.
expected.
A
red pennant
an easterly wind, while a white pennant indi-
cates a westerly wind.
placed above other
but
warmer
3,
these signals,
red flag with a black cen-
colder weather
is
and
1, 2,
when placed below
ter indicates a signifies
in-
expected.
placed above Nos.
is
expected;
temperature signal.
with black square in the center
when placed
When
either of these pennants
flags, it signifies a
wind
below, a southern
northern wind, is
promised.
Practical Exercises
Reeving Weather Records
1.
Make
daily weather observations for one
week and
record your observations in the following table Date
II
I
Temperature
2.
Ask your
I
Moisture Conditions
I
II Sky Aspect
I
:
Wind
Direction
Study of the Weather Signals
rural carrier to expose the
Weather Service
Signals on his wagon, and keep a record each day of
what the signals
indicate.
Note whether the report
is
correct or not.
Draw upon flag
the blackboard of the school each day the
shown by the weather
report,
which
weather for the next twenty-four hours.
foretells the
LESSONS IN AGETCULTUEE
338
LESSON XCVIIT CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
—
Study needed. A text-book in agriculture would an essential duty if it did not call attention to the
fail in
great need of the conservation of our natural resources.
In a recent conference, Hon. Gifford Pinchot advised the preparation of text-books on conservation, and strongly
urged that the problem be presented
to the children of
the public schools.
Americans wasteful.
—
AA^e
have been concerning our-
under the sun, while we made merry over the abundance of our natural resources. As a nation we have wasted our substance by riotous living, and now we hear our President selves about every other subject ate,
drank, and
sounding the alarm by saying, that the question of the conservation of our natural resources
is
one of the most
important problems before the American people.
The natural resources.
—Disregarding
the
question
of moral purposes, the prosperity of our people depends directly
upon the energy and
intelligence with
which we
the forests, the mines, and the waters of the
use the
soil,
earth.
Frdm
the sea, the mine, the forest, and the
must be gathered everything that can sustain the man. How stands the inventory of our property
soil,
life of
at the
beginning of the twentieth century?
The sea and
—
The sea furnishes 5 per cent The forests are fast disappearing. "We are consuming wood three times faster than the forforests.
of our food products.
CONSEEVATTON NATUEAL RESOURCES ests
339
grow, aiid without reforestation, the present century
will see the
The
end of our timber.
— The
mines.-
mines of coal, oil, and gas are inThe wealth of these resources can
capable of restoration.
When
be used only once.
we can now air
will suffer as he
would
if
the
One has only casually to note the great waste of coal, oil, and gas that
were gradually withdrawn.
observe to is
man
foresee,
fuel becomes scarce, as far as
continually going on unchecked.
The
—the
soil.
— Our
soil.
How
greatest source of wealth are
we caring
for it?
is
The
the land
last
census
shows that the average annual product per acre of the little more than a respectable where the land is well cared for.
whole country was $11.38, a rental in
We
some
places,
are robbing the soil in order to get the largest re-
We
turns in the shortest time.
ways
We
have done this in two
—by single cropping and by neglect of
fertilization.
need the intelligent treatment of smaller areas,
rais-
ing the productivity to three or four times the present rate.
Thirty-six per cent of our people live directly by
agriculture,
and the
rest
depend upon
200 million people here by 1950.
it.
We
shall
have
Hoav shall they be
clothed and wherewithal shall they be fed?
Time was when the son of the farmer when his father's farm was run down, changed. The son of the farmer, if father's vocation, must make his living farm.
No
This can be done,
wise use of the
Ignorance and
soil
if
could go West,
now
all this 'is
he follows his
on
his father's
the father exercises wisdom.
exhausts
selfishness.
its fertility.
—And,
finally, the
great-
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUKE
340 est
waste of resources
is
the loss that comes to
material development, through ignorant minds skilled hands.
all
our
and un-
ignorance together
It is the old curse of
with the primal sin of selfishness that has led to the waste of the world 's substance.
LESSON XCIX AGRICULTURE AND EDUCATION Educational value.
—The
boys and
who have
girls
been studying these pages and the plants and animals of the
may
farm
to
which we have constantly referred them,
be sure that they have not been neglecting their
We
education in this study of agriculture.
have seen
that the science of agriculture deals not only with the
common
things and processes of everyday
country, but that
it
reaches out and touches
branches of science and learning.
modern education and efficient part.
give one a
a large
Practical value.
In
all
that goes to
—Agriculture
has also its
its
thej,
practical
study enables the
farmer to gain larger profits in his business.
the
in the
the great
of culture, agriculture plays
value as a school subject, in that
may
life all
This value
not be realized at once by the boys and girls in public schools, but in the extension schools and in short courses at the
colleges
of agriculture,
profitableness of studying agriculture
is
the
often concrete
and immediate.
An
actual saving of over $1,000 in horse feed resulted
from the information gained by a prominent business
AGEICULTUKE AND EDUCATION
man and farmer
341
of Salem, Ore., in the winter short
course at the Oregon Agricultural College.
he came himself to the
college,
and
Last year
this year,
unable to attend, sent his ranch foreman.
being
The knowl-
edge gained in the course on feeding of horses alone netted him a saving of over $1,000 in his feed
bills,
and
his animals are in finer condition, he says, than ever before.
Here
is
another concrete illustration of the value
of scientific agricultural information.
—
Moral value. The study of agriculture in the school and on the farm cannot help but make us better men and women. The boys and girls who love and care for plants and animals, surely cannot think or do as
who do not care for them. There is so much to learn, so much suffering and inconvenience because of ignorance, and so much service to be done, evil things as those
looking to the boys and girls in the
that the world
is
public schools,
who
are learning
how
to think
and
things, to render the greatest service for country It
do
life.
remains for you, teachers and pupils, who love the
country
and
to
life
and
intelligence
desire its best interests, in the spirit
with which you have pursued these
lessons, to go forth as leaders,
where leadership
is
so
—
much needed in the open country. Be leaders in the grange. Be leaders in boys' and girls' clubs. Be leaders in country school
and church.
Uphold and advance
every movement that will bring larger measures of justice
and education
to the
farmer and his family.
LESSONS IN AGEICULTURE
342
LESSON C THE FARM HOME Home
industries.
— Our
not do justice to rural
lessons in agriculture
life if
we did not
would
refer to the
country home and
its works and influence. The development of the material and industrial side of the home life has not kept pace with the progress of men's work on the outside. Many of the industries of the early homes have been wisely taken from them and given over to the factories and shops. Two industries yet remain cooking and cleaning. These are not much further ad-
vanced in their development than they were a thou-
—
The time may come it is to be hoped of the home will be relieved from most of the drudgery of cleaning and cooking, and these industries be turned over to specialists who will do them better and cheaper than they are now done, and that the home may become a place of rest and sand years ago.
that
it
will,
when women
culture for the lives within.
It will be
long years be-
fore such ideals can be realized in the country, yet
much
can be done in the country home to lighten the labors of the mother,
and enlighten the members of the house-
hold.
Some
conditions making- for the betterment of the
farm home: 1.
Beautiful natural surroundings, as brought out
in a former lesson. 2.
Absolute cleanliness from cellar to garret.
3.
The absence of
all
carpets,
lace
curtains,
and
FARM HOME
343
bric-a-brac, and their places supplied with smooth, hardwood finish of window and door casings; hardwood, waxed floors; and furniture of plain, uncarved, smooth
type.
Few
4.
pictures,
frames, placed
Good
5.
well
upon walls
selected,
in
modest
plain,
of restful tints.
books, daily papers, magazines,
and farm
journals in the library.
Musical instruments and members of the family
6.
who can appreciate good
music.
Ample, shady porches, screened doors and win-
7.
dows, and well ventilated rooms. Pure, clean food, well prepared and cooked, and
8.
cool, clean
kitchen and dining rooms in which to pre-
pare and eat the meals.
A
9.
bathroom with hot and cold water supplied. telephone and rural free mail service.
10.
A
11.
All the labor-saving machines that can be af-
forded. 12.
Good
roads,
good
schools,
good churches, good
markets available, and good people to
A
stronger and better country
live in the
home
— That
homes.
what we want. That is what we must have. The "New Earth" that is coming, will bring its rural homes of good cheer, of culture and education. In these homes will be strong men, sensible women, and happy children. Love will be law and wisdom chief ruler, and the child that is born in them is sure of all that the highest thought can secure for him in body, soul and spirit. This is the stronger home, and in that home must be !
is
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
344
word happy illumination which, on the inside of the house, correspond to morning sunlight outside, Out of such homes neifalling on quiet dewy fields. seen all the graces and gentleness in thought and
that
make
the
ther knaves in politics, nor tyrants in business competi-
With such homes, the golden age new century opens hastens its the dawning as already
tion can ever come.
steps.
And
for the
woman
in that
home
"A
woman, in so far as she beholdeth Her one Beloved's face;
A A
A
mother
a great heart that enfoldeth
The children of the race body free and strong, with that high beauty That comes of perfect use is built thereof; mind where reason ruleth over duty.
And
A
—with
justice reigns with love
self-poised, royal soul, brave, wise,
No longer blind and dumb A human being of unknown splendor, Is she who is to come. '
and tender,
APPENDIX NOTES
345
APPENDIX NOTES Suggestive List of Materials and Equipment Needed in Using This Book 1.
Three boxes of
soil,
one each of clay, sand, and
humus loam. 2. One dozen Mason pint 3. One dozen tumblers.
fruit jars.
4.
Four lamp chimneys.
5.
Sach's plant food tablets.
6.
Samples of commercial
7.
One-half dozen wide-mouth bottles.
8.
Germination
9.
A fifty-foot tape
fertilizers.
test box. line.
10.
Hoe, spade, rake, axe,
11. 12.
One pint of formaldehyde. One spray pump.
13.
Five gallons of lime-sulphur spray material.
14.
Resin, beeswax,
15.
A
16.
An
17.
A
18.
19.
etc.
and tallow or linseed
oil.
pruning knife and saw. insect cage.
Babcock
tester.
One dozen test tubes. One pound of potassium
cyanide
(deadly
poison). 20.
Window
21.
A
22.
Kitchen
boxes.
23.
economic seeds. weighing to twenty-four pounds. Vessels for dry measure.
24.
Bricker's drainage apparatus.
25.
Animals and plants easily supplied from the
farms.
set of
scales,
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE
346
Cornell University Score-Card for
Farms IStandard Students Score Score I
I
Kind
Farming
of
|
Adaptation as affecting value
|
Size— As adapted to kind of farming to be used..| Shape As affecting shape of fields As affecting' nearness of farmstead Topography As affecting production As affecting ease of cultivation As affecting loss of soil fertility
I
I
|
|
Fertility
Natural Condition Physical Properties
15 5
As affecting economy of cultivation As affecting number of days of labor As affecting loss of soil fertility Drainage Natural Condition
or
artificial
Freedom from stumps, land,
stones,
weeds, waste
etc
Climate
As affecting production of live stock As affecting number of days of labor 10.
Healthfulness
11.
As an economic factor Water-supply Running water and wells
12.
Location Local markets Nei.ghbors
Shipping
facilities
Roadways 13.
Improvements Location of farmstead
House as adapted to farin needs Other buildings as adapted to size and kind of farming
of
farm
Fences, character, condition, arrangement.. Timber, orchards, vineyards, etc Total
The above score card, worked out for the pupils' home farms, would make valuable lessons in Elementary Agriculture,
DIAGEAMS
347
Diagram of Cow Muzzle; 2, Nostrils; 3. Face; 4, Fore-head; 5, Cheek; 6, Jaw; 10, Loin; 11, Pinbone; 12, Rump; 13, 7, Neck; 8, Withers; 9, Back; Hips; 14, Tail; 15, Chest; 16, Brisket; 17, Throat; 18, Shoulder; 10-20, Fore Arm; 21. Knee; 22, Pastern; 23. Foot: 24, Chest; 25, Ribs; 26, Belly; 27, Flank; 28, Milk Veins; 29, Udder; 30, Quarters: 31, Thigh; 32, Escutcheon; 33, Cannon; 34, Fetlock. 1,
12
^
19
'18' Diagram of Sheep
1, Face; 2, Muzzle; 3, Nostrils: 4, Ej^e; 5, Neck; 6, Top of Shoulder; Cheek; 8, Back; 9, Loin; 10, Twist; 11, Rump; 12, Dock; 13, Brisket; Cannon; 15, Fore-leg; 16. Shoulder: 17, Knee; 18, Foot; 19, Toe; 20, Fore flank; 21, Ribs; 22, Belly: 23, Flank; 24, Hip; 26, Leg. 7,
14,
348
LESSONS IN AGEICULTUEE 1,
INDEX Accounts, farm, 118. Agricultural outlook, 129 products, 126
cover, 218 farm, 65. Cotton seed meal, 95. Cow, beef, 81 ;
;
;
societies, 172.
Agriculture
;
and
education,
78.
Country life conveniences, 131. Cucumbers, 242, 243.
April on the farm, 226. Apples, 57, 59, 60, 63, 221, 259 judging, 62.
;
Arsenate of lead, 41, 259.
Ash
dairy,
340.
Alfalfa, 309, 326. Animals, farm, 67.
Cultivators, 268. Cuttings, 229.
Dairy, 100, 78 barn, 103.
in food, 106.
cow, 78.
;
Assessment of farm values, 127. August on the farm, 326.
December on the farm, 117. Diagram of forty-acre farm, 16
Automobiles, 132.
Drainage, 158.
Babcock
Dragon flies, Dry matter,
107. Bacteria, 103, 105, 209.
Beautiful
test,
home grounds,
Beetles, 39. Bees, 37. Birds, 303. Bird boxes, 305. Books, farmers', 133. Bordeaux mixture, 4i. Boys' corn clubs, 172, Bugs, 34.
244.
Ear-to-row plot for corn, 265. Eggs, 116.
Embryo, 182. Excursion to the woods, 256.
Farm, accounts, 118 books, 133 ;
;
;
home, 342 machinery, 127
329.
fruit trees, Butter, 100, 103. Butterflies, 30.
;
;
buildings, 17 crops, 65 forty acre, 13
269.
Buildings, farm, 17.
Budding
36. 95.
;
;
selecting, 13.
Farming, dry, 333. Cabbage, 243. Carbo-hydrates, 92. Carbon, 144. Catalpa, 253, 254. Celery, 243. Clover, 208, 309.
Conservation of natural resources, 338 Codling 'moth, 259, 261.
Fats, as food, 93. Feathers, 114. February on the farm, 158. Feeds and feeding, 91. Fences, 162. Fertilizers, 148, 149, 154. Flies, 32 dragon, 36. Flowers, 288. ;
Corn contests, 265. Corn, best, 55
;
Food compounds,
94.
Forestry, 249. Forty-acre farm,
13.
Fruit, growing, 57, 129 trees, 221, 226, 329. Fungous diseases, 42, 259.
testing seed, 197 selecting and storing, 49 judging and scoring, 191 planting, 263 cultivating, 267 Crop records, 122 rotation, 123, 213.
;
;
Fungicides,
:
41.
;
Gardening, home, 238 school, 234
;
:
Crops, classification, 65.
landscape, 245.
349
;
INDEX
350 Girls'
tomato chibs, 283.
Grafting. 226
Nitrogen, 144, 150, 209.
November on the farm, Nut crops, 64.
;
wax, 228. Grange. 177.
Grape
67.
Nutrients, 96. Nutritive ratio, 93, 95.
cuttings. 2.31.
Grasses, 320. 321.
Grasshoppers, 27. Grazing, 129.
treatment of, 43. October on the farm, 49. Onions, 243. Orchards, extension of, 57 planting. 58 renewing, 222. Out-of-door school. 22. Oats,
Hav,
alfalfa, 310. clover, 300 :
timothy, 318. Hens, 111, 112. Hogs, 86. Home, farm, 342 gardening, 238 grounds, 244. Horse, draft, 74.
;
;
Oxygen, 144. ;
Paris green, 41. Pastures, 321.
;
Patrons of husbandry, 178. Peaches, 59, 61, 221, 330. Peas, 243. Pecans, 64. Perennials, 247, 295, 296. Phosphorus, 144, 151. Pistil, 289, 290. Plant diseases, 42
driving, 70.
Horses' plea, 77. Hot-bed, 167. H'lmus, 136. Hydrogen, 144. Insects, 24, 308. Insecticides, 41. 219. Improvement, lines of, 312. Iron, plant food, 144.
foods, 143 leaves, 286
;
;
propagation, 229. Plants and water. 201. Potatoes, 279.
January on the farm, 130. Jersey cattle, 78. July on the farm, 314.
Kentucky blue grass.
Poultry, 110. Products, farm, 50. Protein, 92, 93. Pruning trees, 221.
Kerosene emulsion,
Pupa, 25.
96, 321. 41. 22(i.
Knot-tying, 165.
Radishes, 243. Raspberries, 232. Rations, balanced, 92 determining, 95. References, list of, 170. Roads and road-making, 169, 314. Root systems, 205.
Laboratory equipment, 345. Larva, 25.
;
Layering, 232.
Lead arsenate, Legumes, 208.
41, 259.
Lettuce. 243. 152, 326. Listing corn, 264.
Lime,
Root hairs. 206. Rotation of crops, 213, 214. Rural mail delivery, 169. Rural progress, 132.
Machinery, farm, 127.
Magnesium, plant food, 144. Manures, 150, 153. 156.
Map
Studies of
life a-fleld,
22.
March on the farm,
181. May on the farm, 267. Meadows, 320. Melons, 240, 243. Milk, caring for. 101 ;
composition
of,
104
;
testing,
107. conveniences, 343. Mulch, dust, 141. Muriate of potash, 152.
Modern farm-home
Sample letter for bulletins, San Jose scale, 217. School, gardening, 238 grounds, 244 ;
:
out-of-door, 22.
Score card, cattle, 80, 82 corn, 1 93 farm, 346; hogs, 87 horses, 73 ;
;
sheep, 85. Seedlings, growth of, 185. Seeds, structure. 181 ;
germination Natural resources. 338. Nitrate of soda, 150.
of,
185
;
testing, 197.
Separator, cream, 100.
;
172.
INDEX September on the farm,
14.
Sheep. 83. Shrubs, 247. 17, 21. nitrate, 150. capillarity in, 140 elements of. 135, 150. tillage, 272. Spray, lime-sulphur, 41, 217, 259. Spraying for scale, 217 for codling moth, 259 for fungous disease, 259. Stamen, 289, 290. Starch, as food compound, 94. Stock, on the farm, 67 pure bred, 69. Stomata, 287. Stooling, 47. Sugar, as food compound. 94. Suggestions to teachers, 7. Sulphur, 144. Sweet Potatoes, 243. Siios,
Sodium Soil,
351
Tomatoes, 243, 283. Transpiration, 288. Transplanting, 277. Tree planting, 248, 255.
Truck
crops, 130, 299.
;
;
;
;
Vegetables, 243. Variations, 331, 332.
Walnuts, English, 64. Water, supply, 333 in farm crops, 204 ;
;
and the plant, 201. Weather service, 335. Weeds, 295. Weights, for bushel, 189. Wheat, composition of the plant. 146; crop, 44.
Wood,
lots,
252
;
usage, 249.
Wool, 83, 85.
Work
shop, 17.
Toad, the farmer's friend, 306.
Tomato
clubs,
283.
Tear's account, 121.
WOV
2
^^^^
One copy
del. to Cat. Div.
JCV
2
!9n
Wmmm